हिंदी और विश्लेषण
अंग्रेज़ी अनुवाद
0>>>>107-03-95 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन07-03-95 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban07-03-95 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x07-03-95 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 07-03-95 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2ब्राह्मण अर्थात् धर्म सत्ता और स्वराज्य सत्ता की अधिकारी आत्माbrāhmaṇ arthāt dharm sattā aur svarājya sattā key|kī adhikārī ātmābrāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt dharm sattā[x] aur svarājya sattā[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.]Brahmin that is authority of religion and x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (one) who has a right soul
1To be a Brahmin means to be a soul who has a right to the authority of religion and to the authority of self sovereignty.
3आज बापदादा चारों ओर के बच्चों में दो विशेष सत्ता को देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr K|kē bachchō̃ mē̃ dō viśhēṣh sattā kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sattā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada everywhere (K|of) child in (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) special authority to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada was seeing in the children from all four directions two special authorities.
4वो आ दो सत्तायें हैं एक धर्म सत्ता और दूसरी स्वराज्य सत्ता . vō ā dō sattāyē̃ haĩ ēk dharm sattā aur dūsrī svarājya sattā . vah[pn.;d.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] sattā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ēk[adj.] dharm sattā[x] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] svarājya sattā[x] . that come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] authority be[pres.pl.12hon3] one authority of religion and other x .
3One is the authority of religion and the other is the authority of selfsovereignty.
5ब्राह्मण जीवन की विशेषता-ये दोनों सत्तायें हर एक को प्राप्त होती हैं . brāhmaṇ jīvan key|kī viśēṣatā-yē dōnō̃ sattāyē̃ har ēk kō prāpt hōtī haĩ . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] x dōnō̃ sattā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . Brahmin life (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x x authority each one to reached be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
4Each one of you has received these two authorities, the speciality of Brahmin life.
6धर्म सत्ता अर्थात् सत्यता , पवित्रता के धारणा स्वरूप और स्वराज्य सत्ता अर्थात् अधिकारी बन सर्व कर्मेन्द्रियों को अपने अधिकार से ऑर्डर में चलाना . dharm sattā arthāt satyatā , pavitratā K|kē dhārṇā svarūp aur svarājya sattā arthāt adhikārī ban sarv karmēndriyō̃ kō apnē adhikār sē order mē̃ chalānā . dharm sattā[x] arthāt satyatā[n.f.;sg.] , pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur svarājya sattā[x] arthāt adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] sarv[adj.] karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikār[x] sē[postp.] order mē̃[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . authority of religion that is truth , purity (K|of) dharna form and x that is (one) who has a right (x|become[root]) all physical organ to one’s own right from order in x[inf.m.sg.d.] . 7स्वराज्य अधिकारी वा स्वराज्य के सत्ताधारी किसी भी परिस्थिति , प्रकृति और माया के सर्व स्वरूपों में अधीन नहीं बनेंगे , अधिकारी रहेंगे . svarājya adhikārī vā svarājya K|kē sattādhārī kisī bhī paristhiti , prakr̥iti aur māyā K|kē sarv svarūpō̃ mē̃ adhīn nahī̃ banē̃gē , adhikārī rahē̃gē . svarājya adhikārī[x] vā svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sattādhārī[adj.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , prakr̥iti[x] aur māyā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sarv[adj.] svarūp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] adhīn[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . self-sovereign or own kingdom (K|of) x (some|anything) too circumstances , matter and Maya (K|of) all form in dependent not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , (one) who has a right remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 8हर ब्राह्मण आत्मा को बापदादा ने ये दोनों ही सत्तायें प्राप्त कराई है ना ? her|har brāhmaṇ ātmā kō bāpdādā nē yē dōnō̃ hī sattāyē̃ prāpt karāī hai nā ? her|harnā[root]|har brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] dōnō̃ hī[p.] sattā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] prāpt[adj.] karānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā ? (x|x[root]) Brahmin soul to BapDada ∅ this x only authority reached make commit[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ ? 9सभी में ये दोनों सत्तायें हैं कि अभी पूरी नहीं आई हैं ? sabhī mē̃ yē dōnō̃ sattāyē̃ haĩ ki abhī pūrī nahī̃ āī haĩ ? sab[adv.hī] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] dōnō̃ sattā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ? all in this x authority be[pres.pl.12hon3] that now (full|puri) not come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ?
5The authority of religion means truth and to be the embodiment of the inculcation of purity and the authority of selfsovereignty means to be one who has all rights and to be make all your sense organs work under your control. 6Someone who has the right to selfsovereignty and has the authority of selfsovereignty will not be subservient to any situation, to matter or to any of the forms of Maya, but will be one who has all rights over them.
10अभी की दोनों सत्तायें प्राप्त करने वाले ही भविष्य में धर्म और राज्य सत्ता के अधिकारी बनते हैं . abhī key|kī dōnō̃ sattāyē̃ prāpt karnē vālē hī bhaviṣhya mē̃ dharm aur rājya sattā K|kē adhikārī bantē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dōnō̃ sattā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sattā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x authority reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who only future in religion and kingdom authority (K|of) (one) who has a right become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
7BapDada has enabled every Brahmin soul to attain both these authorities, has He not?
11दोनों ही सत्तायें धारण की हैं ? dōnō̃ hī sattāyē̃ dhāraṇ kī haĩ ? dōnō̃ hī[p.] sattā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dhāraṇ karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ? x only authority adopt[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ?
8Do all of you have both these authorities?
12अपना चित्र देखा है ? apnā chitra dēkhā hai ? apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? (one’s own|adopt[root]) picture see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
9Or do you not have them fully?
13डबल विदेशियों का चित्र है या औरों का चित्र है ? double vidēśhiyō̃ kā chitra hai yā aurō̃ kā chitra hai ? double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā aurō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? double foreigner of picture be[pres.sg.23] or others of picture be[pres.sg.23] ? 14तो उस चित्र में दोनों सत्ताओं की निशानी देखी है ? tō us chitra mē̃ dōnō̃ sattāō̃ key|kī niśhānī dēkhī hai ? tō vah[pn.sg.o.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dōnō̃ sattā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? then that picture in x authority (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign see[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? 15धर्म सत्ता की निशानी है-लाइट का ताज और राज्य सत्ता की निशानी है रत्न जड़ित ताज . dharm sattā key|kī niśhānī hai-lāiṭ kā tāj aur rājya sattā key|kī niśhānī hai ratna jaṛit tāj . dharm sattā[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sattā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaṛit[x] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] . authority of religion (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign x of crown and kingdom authority (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign be[pres.sg.23] jewel studded crown .
10Only those who attain both these authorities at the present time can claim all rights to both the authority of religion and the authority of ruling in the future.
16तो ऐसा अपना चित्र देखा है ? tō aisā apnā chitra dēkhā hai ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? then such (one’s own|adopt[root]) picture see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
11Have you imbibed both these authorities?
17तो दोनों सत्ता धारण इस समय करते हो . tō dōnō̃ sattā dhāraṇ is samay kartē hō . tō dōnō̃ sattā[n.f.;sg.] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] is samay[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . then x authority adopting at this time do[pres.pl.m.2] .
12Have you seen your picture?
18जो आधाकल्प दोनों ही सत्तायें आप सबके , एक के हाथ में हैं . jō ādhākalp dōnō̃ hī sattāyē̃ āp sabkē , ēk K|kē hāth mē̃ haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ hī[p.] sattā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , ēk[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that for half a cycle x only authority you everyone's , one (K|of) hand in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
13Is it your picture? 14Or, is it of the people of Bharat?
19द्वापर से देखो तो धर्म सत्ता अलग हो गई और राज्य सत्ता अलग हो गई . dvāpar sē dēkhō tō dharm sattā alag hō gaī aur rājya sattā alag hō gaī . dvāpar sē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō dharm sattā[x] alag[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] aur rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sattā[n.f.;sg.] alag[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . copper age from see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then authority of religion separate be[past-part.f..root+jānā] and kingdom authority separate be[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
15Is it the picture of the double foreigners? 16Are you sure that it is your picture.
20इसीलिये धर्म पिताओं को आना पड़ा . isīliyē dharm pitāō̃ kō ānā paṛā . isliē dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] pitā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] . therefore religion father to come[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] .
17Or is it someone else's picture?
21तो धर्म पिता और राजा दोनों अलग अलग रहे . tō dharm pitā aur rājā dōnō̃ alag alag rahē . tō dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] pitā[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ alag[adj.] alag[adj.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] . then religion father and king x separate separate (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) .
18Have you seen the sign of both the authorities in that picture?
22लेकिन आपके राज्य में अलग होंगे क्या ? lēkin āpkē rājya mē̃ alag hōṅgē kyā ? lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] alag[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā ? but you[.kē] kingdom in separate be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what ?
19Do you know them?
23हर एक के पास दोनों सत्तायें इकट्ठीहोती हैं इसलिये अखण्ड निर्विघ्न राज्य चलता है . har ēk kē pās dōnō̃ sattāyē̃ ikaṭṭhīhōtī haĩ isliyē akhaṇḍ nirvighna rājya chaltā hai . har ēk[x] kē pās[x] dōnō̃ sattā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] isliē akhaṇḍ[adj.] nirvighna[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . each one to x authority x be[pres.pl.12hon3] therefore constant free from obstacles kingdom continue[pres.sg.m.23] .
20You have the picture of heaven here; there is the sign of these in that, is there not?
24तो हर एक में ये दोनों ही सत्तायें देख रहे थे कि हर एक ने कितनी अपने में धारण की है ? tō har ēk mē̃ yē dōnō̃ hī sattāyē̃ dēkh rahē thē ki har ēk nē kitnī apnē mē̃ dhāraṇ kī hai ? tō har ēk[x] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] dōnō̃ hī[p.] sattā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] nē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] dhāraṇ karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? then each one in this x only authority see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] that each one ∅ so one’s own in adopt[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
21The sign of the authority of religion is the crown of light and the sign of the authority of ruling a kingdom is the crown studded with jewels.
25कहाँ तक अधिकारी बने हैं ? kahā̃ tak adhikārī banē haĩ ? kahā̃ tak[x] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? to what extent (one) who has a right become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
22So have you seen this picture of yours?
26क्या सदा अधिकारी रहते हैं या कभी अधीन , कभी अधिकारी ? kyā sadā adhikārī rahtē haĩ yā kabhī adhīn , kabhī adhikārī ? kyā sadā adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā kabhī[adv.] adhīn[adj.] , kabhī[adv.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? what constantly (one) who has a right remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or ever dependent , ever (one) who has a right ? 27अभी अभी अधिकारी हैं और अभी अभी अधीन हो जाये तो अच्छा लगेगा ? abhī abhī adhikārī haĩ aur abhī abhī adhīn hō jāyē tō achchhā lagēgā ? ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] adhīn[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? now now (one) who has a right be[pres.pl.12hon3] and now now dependent be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then enjoy ?
23You imbibe both these authorities at this time, and because of this, both the authorities are in your hands for half the kalpa.
28कि सदा अधिकारी अच्छा है ? ki sadā adhikārī achchhā hai ? ki[conj.] sadā adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that constantly (one) who has a right achcha be[pres.sg.23] ? 29सदा अधिकार चाहिये या थोड़े टाइम के लिये चलेगा ? sadā adhikār chāhiyē yā thōṛē time K|kē liyē chalēgā ? sadā adhikār[x] chāhiē yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? constantly right should or short time (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[fut.m.sg.23] ?
24If you look at it from the copper age, the authority of religion became separated from the authority to rule.
30जब स्वयं बाप अधिकार दे रहा है , देने वाला दे रहा है और लेने वाले जो हैं उनको क्या करना चाहिये ? jab svayã bāp adhikār dē rahā hai , dēnē vālā dē rahā hai aur lēnē vālē jō haĩ unkō kyā karnā chāhiyē ? jab svayã bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikār[x] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] kyā karnā[.oblig3] ? when x father right give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who that be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] what do[.oblig3] ? 31लेना सहज है या देना सहज है ? lēnā sahaj hai yā dēnā sahaj hai ? lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? take[inf.m.sg.d.] easy be[pres.sg.23] or give[inf.m.sg.d.] easy be[pres.sg.23] ?
25This is why the religious founding fathers had to come. 26This is why the founding fathers have been different from the kings.
32लेने में तो कोई मुश्किल नहीं है ना ? lēnē mē̃ tō kōī muśhkil nahī̃ hai nā ? lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō kōī[pn.;d.] muśhkil[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? take[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then some difficult not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
27However, will they be different in your kingdom?
33देने मे सोचा जाता है-दें , नहीं दें , थोड़ा दें , ज्यादा दें … लेकिन लेने में तो सब कहेंगे-जितना मिले उतना ले लें . dēnē mē sōchā jātā hai-dē̃ , nahī̃ dē̃ , thōṛā dē̃ , jyādā dē̃ … lēkin lēnē mē̃ tō sab kahēṅgē-jitanā milē utnā lē lē̃ . dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃ sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x , nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] … lēkin lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō sab[adj.] x milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in think[past-part.m.sg.d.] go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x , not give[opt.pl.12hon3] , short give[opt.pl.12hon3] , more give[opt.pl.12hon3] … but take[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then all x (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) x take[opt.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . 34तो लेने में नम्बरवन हो या नम्बर टू हो ? tō lēnē mē̃ number one hō yā number two hō ? tō lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] number one hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā number two[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then take[inf.m.pl.,o.] in number one (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
28Everyone has both the authorities at the same time, and this is why the kingdom continues whilst being constant and free from any obstacles.
35इसमें तो नम्बर दो कोई नहीं बनता और जब देना पड़ता है तो … देने में भी नम्बरवन हो कि सोचना पड़ता है , हिम्मत रखनी पड़ती है ! ismē̃ tō number dō kōī nahī̃ bantā aur jab dēnā paṛtā hai tō … dēnē mē̃ bhī number one hō ki sōchnā paṛtā hai , himmat rakhnī paṛtī hai ! yah[pn.sg.mē̃] tō number dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur jab dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] tō … dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] number one hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] sōchnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] ! this[.mē̃] then number (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) some not become[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and when give[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] then … give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too number one (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that think[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] , courage keep[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] ! 36वास्तव में देखो कि देते क्या हो ? vāstav mē̃ dēkhō ki dētē kyā hō ? vāstav mē̃[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] what (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
29So Baba was seeing both these authorities in all of you as to what extent each of you has imbibed them within yourself and to what extent you have developed all rights.
37ब्राह्मण जीवन में देना है या लेना है ? brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ dēnā hai yā lēnā hai ? brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? Brahmin life in give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? 38अगर देने वाली चीज़से लेने वाली चीज़श्रेष्ठ है तो लेना हुआ या देना हुआ ? agar dēnē vālī cīzasē lēnē vālī cīzaśrēṣṭha hai tō lēnā huā yā dēnā huā ? agar dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig1] yā dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig1] ? if give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x be[pres.sg.23] then take[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig1] or give[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig1] ?
30Do you constantly remain one who has all rights or is it that you sometimes become subservient and sometimes, someone who has all rights?
39देना पड़ेगा , देना है-ये सोचते हो तो भारी होते हो . dēnā paṛēgā , dēnā hai-yē sōchtē hō tō bhārī hōtē hō . dēnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bhārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] . give[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , give[inf.m.sg.d.] x think[pres.pl.m.2] then heavy be[pres.pl.m.2] .
31Would you like it if one moment you had all rights and the next moment, you became subservient?
40लेना है , तो सदा खुश रहेंगे , हिम्मत में रहेंगे . lēnā hai , tō sadā khuśh rahē̃gē , himmat mē̃ rahē̃gē . lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , tō sadā khuśh[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , then constantly happy remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , courage in remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
32Is that good or is it good to constantly have all rights?
41देने में सोचते हो देना मुश्किल है लेकिन पहले लेते हो फिर देते तो कुछ भी नहीं हो . dēnē mē̃ sōchtē hō dēnā muśhkil hai lēkin pahlē lētē hō phir dētē tō kuchh bhī nahī̃ hō . dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in think[pres.pl.m.2] give[inf.m.sg.d.] difficult be[pres.sg.23] but (x|firstly) take[pres.pl.m.2] (then|turn[root]) give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then anything not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
33Do you wish to have all rights for all time, or will it do if you have them for a short while only?
42आपके पास कुछ है जो बाप को देंगे ? āpkē pās|pass kuchh hai jō bāp kō dēgē ? āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass kuchh hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? you[.kē] (x|pass) anything be[pres.sg.23] that father to give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
34Do you wish to have them constantly?
43दी तो अच्छी चीज़जाती है या खराब चीज़ ? dī|the tō achchhī cīzajātī hai yā kharāb chīz ? dēnā[past-part.f.]|the tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā kharāb[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] ? (give[past-part.f.]|the) then achcha x be[pres.sg.23] or bad thing ?
35Achcha, do you have them constantly?
44तो क्या अच्छा है आपके पास-तन अच्छा है ? tō kyā achchhā hai āpkē pās-tan achchhā hai ? tō kyā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kē] x achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then what achcha be[pres.sg.23] you[.kē] x achcha be[pres.sg.23] ?
36You said yes for wanting this for all time.
45मन अच्छा है ? man achchhā hai ? man[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? mind achcha be[pres.sg.23] ? 46धन अच्छा है ? dhan achchhā hai ? dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? wealth achcha be[pres.sg.23] ? 47बेकार है . bēkār hai . bēkār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . useless be[pres.sg.23] .
37So, do you have them or do you still need them?
48दवाइयों के धक्के से शरीर चला रहे हो . davāiyō̃ K|kē dhakkē sē śharīr chalā rahē hō . davāī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dhakkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . x (K|of) x from body x[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . 49तो धक्के वाली गाड़ी अच्छी होती है क्या ! tō dhakkē vālī gāṛī achchhī hōtī hai kyā ! tō dhakkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] gāṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] kyā ! then x those who motor car achcha be[pres.sg.f.23] what ! 50तो ब्राह्मण जीवन में लेना ही लेना है . tō brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ lēnā hī lēnā hai . tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then Brahmin life in take[inf.m.sg.d.] only take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
38Since the Father Himself is giving you all rights, the One who has to give is giving, what should those who are taking these do?
51और बाप तो मुस्कराते हैं कि बच्चे बाप से भी चतुर हैं . aur bāp tō muskarātē haĩ ki bachchē bāp sē bhī chatur haĩ . aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō muskarānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] chatur[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . and father then smile[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that child father from too x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
39Is it easy to take or to give? 40It is not difficult to take, is it?
52पहले लेते हैं फिर देने का सोचते हैं . pahlē lētē haĩ phir dēnē kā sōchtē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|firstly) take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (then|turn[root]) give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
41In terms of giving, you have to think about it."
53होशियार हो ना ! hōśhiyār hō nā ! hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! clever (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
42Should I give it or not?
54अच्छा है , बच्चे होशियार होते हैं तो बाप को अच्छा लगता है लेकिन चलते चलते यदि डल हो जाते हैं तो अच्छा नहीं लगता है . achchhā hai , bachchē hōśhiyār hōtē haĩ tō bāp kō achchhā lagtā hai lēkin chaltē chaltē yadi dull hō jātē haĩ tō achchhā nahī̃ lagtā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yadi dull hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , child clever be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then father to enjoy but continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x dull be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] then achcha not x[pres.sg.m.23] .
43Should I give a little or a lot?" 44However, in terms of taking, everyone would say: Let me take as much as I can.
55कभी कभी बच्चों की शक्ल ( फेस ) ऐसे लगती है कि पता नहीं क्या हो गया ! kabhī kabhī bachchō̃ key|kī śhakla ( face ) aisē lagtī hai ki patā nahī̃ kyā hō gayā ! kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] ( face ) aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ! ever ever child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) face ( face ) such x[pres.sg.f.23] that knowledge not what be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] !
45So, are you number one or number two in taking?
56जैसे शरीर में चलते चलते खून कम हो जाता है तो कमज़ोर हो जाते हैं ना , फेस से भी कमज़ोरी नजर आती है . jaisē śharīr mē̃ chaltē chaltē khūn kam hō jātā hai tō kamzōr hō jātē haĩ nā , face sē bhī kamzōrī najar ātī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] khūn[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nā , face sē[postp.] bhī[p.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . like body in continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] violence decrease then weak be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ , face from too weakness glance come[pres.sg.f.23] . 57तो यहाँ भी खुशी की , शक्तियों की कमी हो जाती है ना तो चेहरा ऐसा हो जाता है जैसे … , सब जानते हैं , सभी अनुभवी हैं . tō yahā̃ bhī khuśhī key|kī , śhaktiyō̃ key|kī kamī hō jātī hai nā tō chēhrā aisā hō jātā hai jaisē … , sab jāntē haĩ , sabhī anubhavī haĩ . tō yahā̃ bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] nā tō chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] … , sab[adj.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sab[adv.hī] anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then here too happiness (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ∅ then face such be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] like … , all know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , all experienced be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 58एक तरफ कहते हो कि खुशियों की खान मिली है और वो भी अविनाशी फिर कम कैसे हो जाती है ? ēk taraph kahtē hō ki khuśhiyō̃ key|kī khān milī hai aur vō bhī avināśhī phir cum|kam kaisē hō jātī hai ? ēk taraph[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] khānā[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur vah[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] avināśhī[adj.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] cum|kam[adj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ? x say[pres.pl.m.2] that happiness (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) eat[n.m.;sg.,d.] receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and that too imperishable (then|turn[root]) (x|less) how be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ? 59तो बाप के पास आपके सारे दिन के मन के मूड और मूड प्रमाण जो फेस बदलता है वो सारे दिन के चित्र वहाँ होते हैं . tō bāp kē pās āpkē sārē din K|kē man K|kē mood|mūḍ aur mood|mūḍ pramāṇ jō face badaltā hai vō sārē din K|kē chitra vahā̃ hōtē haĩ . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] āp[pn.pl.kē] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mood|mūṛnā[root] aur mood|mūṛnā[root] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] face badalnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] vahā̃ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then father to you[.kē] the whole day (K|of) mind (K|of) (mood|scalp[root]) and (mood|scalp[root]) (under) that face change[pres.sg.m.23] that the whole day (K|of) picture there be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
46What are you in taking?
60आप तो चित्रों का म्युजयम बनाते हो ना , बाप के पास आपके चित्रों का म्युजयम होता है . āp tō chitrō̃ kā myujayam banātē hō nā , bāp kē pās āpkē chitrō̃ kā myujayam hōtā hai . āp[pn.pl.] tō chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x banānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . you then picture of x create[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , father to you[.kē] picture of x be[pres.sg.m.23] .
47Baba will ask you about giving later on. 48Are you number one in taking?
61तो सदा यह याद रखो कि मैं ब्राह्मण आत्मा राज्य सत्ता और धर्म सत्ता की अधिकारी आत्मा हूँ . tō sadā yah yād rakhō ki maĩ brāhmaṇ ātmā rājya sattā aur dharm sattā key|kī adhikārī ātmā hū̃ . tō sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sattā[n.f.;sg.] aur dharm sattā[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . then constantly this remember that I Brahmin soul kingdom authority and authority of religion (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (one) who has a right soul be[pres.sg.1] .
49No one becomes number two in this, and when it comes to giving, then ......
62यह स्मृति का निश्चय है तो नशा है , निश्चय कम तो नशा भी कम . yah smr̥iti kā niśhchay hai tō naśhā hai , niśhchay cum|kam tō naśhā bhī cum|kam . yah[pn.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] tō naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] . this awareness of faith be[pres.sg.23] then intoxication be[pres.sg.23] , faith (x|less) then intoxication too (x|less) .
50Are you also number one in giving or do you have to think about it?
63तो चेक करो-ये सत्तायें सदा साथ रहती हैं वा कभी खो जाती हैं , कभी आ जाती हैं ? tō check karō-yē sattāyē̃ sadā sāth rahtī haĩ vā kabhī khō jātī haĩ , kabhī ā jātī haĩ ? tō check x sattā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] vā kabhī[adv.] khōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] , kabhī[adv.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] ? then check x authority constantly with remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] or ever lose[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] , ever come[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] ?
51Do you have to maintain courage to give? 52In fact, if you look at it, what do you really give?
64अच्छा-आज डबल विदेशी मैजारिटी हैं . acchā-āj double vidēśhī majority haĩ . x double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] majority hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x double foreigner majority be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
53In Brahmin life, is it giving or receiving?
65बापदादा विशेष डबल विदेय्शियों से पूछते हैं कि सारे दिन में अपने अधिकार के सीट पर सेट रहते हो या अपसेट बहुत जल्दी होते हो ? bāpdādā viśhēṣh double vidēyśiyō̃ sē pūchhtē haĩ ki sārē din mē̃ apnē adhikār K|kē seat par set rahtē hō yā upset bahut jaldī hōtē hō ? bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] double x sē[postp.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikār[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] yā upset bahut jaldī hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? BapDada special double x from ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that the whole day in one’s own right (K|of) seat (at|other) set remain[pres.pl.m.2] or upset very very quickly be[pres.pl.m.2] ?
54It is giving. 55If the thing that you are taking is more elevated than the things that you give, then is it taking or giving?
66कि अपसेट होना-ये पास्ट की बात है , अभी नहीं होते . ki upset hōnā-yē past key|kī bāt hai , abhī nahī̃ hōtē . ki[conj.] upset x past key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . that upset x past (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter be[pres.sg.23] , now not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
56What is it? 57It is giving, is it not?
67पास्ट हो गया ना ! past hō gayā nā ! past hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā ! past be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ !
58Or is it taking?
68अभी तो नहीं होते हो ना ! abhī tō nahī̃ hōtē hō nā ! ab[adv.hī] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! now then not be[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ! 69अभी नॉलेजफुल , पॉवरफुल बन गये . abhī knowledgeful , powerful ban gayē . ab[adv.hī] knowledgeful , powerful bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . now knowledgeful , powerful become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
59When you think that you will have to give, that you want to give, then you become heavy.
70ऐसे तो नहीं कि छोटी सी बात में अपसेट हो जाओ , चेहरा बदल जाये , मूड बदल जाये ! aisē tō nahī̃ ki chhōṭī see|sī|C bāt mē̃ upset hō jāō , chēhrā badal jāyē , mood|mūḍ badal jāyē ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] ki[conj.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] upset hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] badalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , mood|mūṛnā[root] badalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ! such then not that small (see|x) matter in upset be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , face change[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , (mood|scalp[root]) change[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] !
60When you have to receive something, you constantly remain happy and maintain courage.
71ऐसा कभी कभी होता है ? aisā kabhī kabhī hōtā hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? such ever ever be[pres.sg.m.23] ? 72कभी कभी अपसेट होते हो ? kabhī kabhī upset hōtē hō ? kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] upset hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? ever ever upset be[pres.pl.m.2] ?
61In terms of giving, you think it is difficult to give.
73अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha ! 74जो समझते हैं कि अपसेट होना क्या होता है वह भी भूल गया है , ऐसे शक्तिशाली आत्मायें जो कभी अपसेट नहीं होते हैं वो हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ ki upset hōnā kyā hōtā hai vah bhī bhūl gayā hai , aisē śhaktiśhālī ātmāyē̃ jō kabhī upset nahī̃ hōtē haĩ vō hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] upset hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bhūl jānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] kabhī[adv.] upset nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that upset be[inf.m.sg.d.] what be[pres.sg.m.23] that too x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , such powerful soul that ever upset not be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
62However, you first receive, and then you do not give anything. 63Do you have anything that you would give to the Father? 64When you give something, you normally give something that is good, do you not?
75सच तो बोल रहे हो उसकी मुबारक . sach tō bōl rahē hō uskī mubārak . sach[adj.] tō bōlnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . of truth then speak[pres.pl.m.prog.2] that[.kī] congratulations .
65Or, would you give something bad?
76अभी इस सीजन में कुछ तो मधुबन में छोड़कर जायेंगे या कुछ लेकर जायेंगे ? abhī is season mē̃ kuchh tō madhuban mē̃ chhōṛkar jāyēṅgē yā kuchh lēkar jāyēṅgē ? ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] season mē̃[postp.] kuchh tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chhōṛnā[abs.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā kuchh lēnā[abs.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? now this season in anything then Madhuban in renounce[abs.] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or anything take[abs.] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
66What do you have that is good? 67Is your body good? 68Is your mind good?
77मैजारिटी ने मधुबन में शिवरात्रि मनाई है ना ! majority nē madhuban mē̃ śhivrātri manāī hai nā ! majority nē[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] śhivrātri[x] manānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā ! majority ∅ Madhuban in Shiva Ratri celebrate[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ !
69Is your wealth good? 70It is all useless.
78तो जिसका बर्थ डे होता है उसको गिफ्ट देते हो ना . tō jiskā birth day hōtā hai uskō gift dētē hō nā . tō jō[pn.sg.kā] birth day[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] gift dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . then that[.kā] birthday be[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kō] gift give[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
71You are making the body continue by pushing it along with medicine.
79तो बाप को क्या गिफ्ट दी ? tō bāp kō kyā gift dī|the ? tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kyā gift dēnā[past-part.f.]|the ? then father to what gift (give[past-part.f.]|the) ?
72Is a car that needs a push good?
80ये अपसेट होना यही गिफ्ट दे दो-नहीं होंगे . yē upset hōnā yahī gift dē dō-nahī̃ hōṅgē . yah[pn.pl.d.] upset hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] gift dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] x hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this upset be[inf.m.sg.d.] this gift (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
73So, in Brahmin life, you do nothing but take.
81हिम्मत है ? himmat hai ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? courage be[pres.sg.23] ? 82अच्छा , हाथ उठाओ और टी . वी . में सबके हाथ निकालो . achchhā , hāth uṭhāō aur T . V|we . mē̃ sabkē hāth nikālō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur T . V|we . mē̃[postp.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha , raise your hands and x . (x) . in everyone's hand x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 83सोच समझकर पक्के हाथ उठाना . sōch samajhkar pakkē hāth uṭhānā . sōchnā[root] samajhnā[abs.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[x] . think[root] understand[abs.] firm raise your hands .
74And Baba smiles that the children are even cleverer than the Father: first you take and then you think of giving.
84देखो सभी के हाथ का फोटो निकाला . dēkhō sabhī K|kē hāth kā phōṭō nikālā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] photo nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] all (K|of) hand of photograph x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
75You are clever, are you not?
85देखना अभी फोटो निकल गया है . dēkhnā abhī phōṭō nikal gayā hai . dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] photo nikalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . see[inf.m.sg.d.] now photograph be extracted[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
76It is good.
86बापदादा को वो चेहरा अच्छा नहीं लगता . bāpdādā kō vō chēhrā achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . bāpdādā kō[postp.] vah[pn.;d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada to that face achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 87बापदादा हर एक बच्चे को सदा खिला हुआ रूहानी गुलाब देखना चाहते हैं . bāpdādā har ēk bachchē kō sadā khilā huā rūhānī gulāb dēkhnā chāhtē haĩ . bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] sadā khilānā[root]|khilnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] rūhānī[adj.] gulāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] . BapDada each one child to constantly (feed[root]|in bloom[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] spiritual rose see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] .
77Baba likes it when the children are clever, but He does not like it when the children become dull whilst moving along.
88मुरझाया हुआ नहीं , खिला हुआ . murjhāyā huā nahī̃ , khilā huā . murjhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , khilānā[root]|khilnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . wilt[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] not , (feed[root]|in bloom[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 89जिससे प्यार होता है ना तो उसको जो अच्छा लगता है वही किया जाता है ! jissē pyār hōtā hai nā tō uskō jō achchhā lagtā hai vahī kiyā jātā hai ! jō[pn.sg.sē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā tō vah[pn.sg.kō] jō[pn.;d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] vahī karnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|karnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] ! that[.sē] love be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ then that[.kō] that enjoy this (do[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|do[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) !
78Sometimes, from the faces of the children, one can't tell what has happened to them.
90डबल फारेनर्स तो बाप से बहुत प्यार करते हैं . double foreigners tō bāp sē bahut pyār kartē haĩ . double foreigner tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . double foreigner then father from very love do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 91तो जो बाप को अच्छा लगता है वही आपको अच्छा लगता है ना ! tō jō bāp kō achchhā lagtā hai vahī āpkō achchhā lagtā hai nā ! tō jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] vahī āp[pn.pl.kō] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! then that father to enjoy this you[.kō] enjoy ∅ ! 92अभी किसी का भी ऐसा समाचार नहीं आये कि क्या करें , बात ही ऐसी थी , इसीलिये अपसेट हो गये ! abhī kisī kā bhī aisā samāchār nahī̃ āyē ki kyā karē̃ , bāt hī aisī thī , isīliyē upset hō gayē ! ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , bāt[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past.f] , isliē upset hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ! now (some|anything) of too such news not (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , matter only such be[past.f] , therefore upset be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] !
79Just as when there is little blood in the body, there is weakness, and one can see this weakness on the face, so too here, when there is weakness, in terms of a lack of happiness and the powers, then the face becomes like ......
93अगर बात अपसेट की आती भी है तो आप अपसेट स्थिति में नहीं आओ . agar bāt upset key|kī ātī bhī hai tō āp upset sthiti mē̃ nahī̃ āō . agar bāt[n.f.;sg.] upset key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ānā[pres-part.f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] upset sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if matter upset (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) come[pres-part.f.] too be[pres.sg.23] then you upset stage in not come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
80All of you know this; all of you are experienced in this.
94जैसे झूला झूलते हो ना , तो वो बहुत नीचे ऊपर होता है , बहुत नीचे हो , बहुत ऊपर हो और बहुत फास्ट हो तो शरीर को अपसेट करेगा ना . jaisē jhūlā jhūltē hō nā , tō vō bahut nīchē ūpar hōtā hai , bahut nīchē hō , bahut ūpar hō aur bahut fast hō tō śharīr kō upset karēgā nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jhūlnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , tō vah[pn.;d.] bahut nīchē ūpar hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , bahut nīchē hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bahut ūpar hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur bahut fast hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] upset karnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . like (swing|swing[past-part.m.sg.d.]) swing[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , then that very down over be[pres.sg.m.23] , very down (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , very over (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and very fast (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then body to upset do[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
81On the one hand, you say that you have received the mines of happiness and that they too, are imperishable, and so how can that be reduced?
95लेकिन आप अपसेट होते हो क्या ? lēkin āp upset hōtē hō kyā ? lēkin āp[pn.pl.] upset hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] kyā ? but you upset be[pres.pl.m.2] what ? 96क्यों नहीं होते हो ? kyō̃ nahī̃ hōtē hō ? kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? why not be[pres.pl.m.2] ? 97खेल समझते हो तो अपसेट होने के बजाय मनोरंजन समझते हो . khēl samajhtē hō tō upset hōnē K|kē bajāy manōrañjan samajhtē hō . khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō upset hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bajāē manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] . (play[root]|play) understand[pres.pl.m.2] then upset be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) x entertainment understand[pres.pl.m.2] . 98कारण क्या हुआ ? kāraṇ kyā huā ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? because what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
82Baba has a picture of all the different changing moods of your mind for the whole day and also of your faces that change according to your mood throughout the whole day.
99खेल है . khēl hai . khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (play[root]|play) be[pres.sg.23] . 100ऐसे अगर कोई अपसेट करने की बातें आये भी , आयेंगी जरूर , जिन्होंने हाथ उठाया उन्हों के पास और बड़ी अपसेट करने वाली बातें आयेंगी . aisē agar kōī upset karnē key|kī bātē̃ āyē bhī , āyēṅgī jarūr , jinhōnnē hāth uṭhāyā unhō̃ kē pās aur baṛī upset karnē vālī bātē̃ āyēṅgī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] agar kōī[pn.;d.] upset karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] , ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] zarūr , jō[pn.pl.nē] hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kē pās[x] aur baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] upset karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . such if some upset do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) too , come[fut.f.pl.12hon3] definitely , that[.nē] raise your hands that to and very upset do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who matter come[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . 101क्योंकि माया भी मुरली सुन रही है . kyōṅki māyā bhī murlī sun rahī hai . kyōṅki māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . because Maya too flute listen[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . 102लेकिन उसको एक खेल समझो . lēkin uskō ēk khēl samjhō . lēkin vah[pn.sg.kō] ēk[adj.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but that[.kō] one (play[root]|play) understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
83You make a museum of pictures, whereas Baba has a museum of the pictures of the faces of all of you. 84So constantly remember that you are a Brahmin soul, that you are a soul who has a right to the authority of ruling and the authority of religion.
103घबराओ नहीं . ghabrāō nahī̃ . ghabrānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] . be afraid[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not . 104अच्छा , झुलाती है , झूलने दो . achchhā , jhulātī hai , jhūlnē dō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , jhulānā[pres.sg.f.23] , jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] . achcha , rock[pres.sg.f.23] , swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] .
85Let there be the faith and intoxication of this awareness.
105लेकिन मन घबराये नहीं . lēkin man ghabrāyē nahī̃ . lēkin man[n.m.;sg.,d.] ghabrānā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . but mind be afraid[opt.sg.23] not . 106नॉलेजफुल , पॉवरफुल बन जाओ . knowledgeful , powerful ban jāō . knowledgeful , powerful bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . knowledgeful , powerful become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . 107उस सीट को छोड़ो नहीं . us seat kō chhōṛō nahī̃ . vah[pn.sg.o.] seat kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] . that seat to renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not .
86When you have faith, there is intoxication; if the faith is lacking, the intoxication is also less.
108अगर एक दो बार भी माया ने देखा कि ये अपसेट होने वाले नहीं हैं तो खुद अपसेट हो जायेगी , आपको नहीं करेगी . agar ēk dō bār bhī māyā nē dēkhā ki yē upset hōnē vālē nahī̃ haĩ tō khud upset hō jāyēgī , āpkō nahī̃ karēgī . agar ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] upset hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō khud upset hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] , āp[pn.pl.kō] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.f.sg.23] . if one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) time too Maya ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that this upset be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not be[pres.pl.12hon3] then oneself upset be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] , you[.kō] not do[fut.f.sg.23] .
87So check whether you constantly have both these authorities or whether you sometimes lose them and thereby have weakness?
109बात की लेन देन भले करो , कोई भी बात आती है तो नॉलेजफुल होने के कारण समझते तो हो ना-ये ठीक है , ये नहीं ठीक है , ये होनी चाहिये , ये नहीं होनी चाहिये … लेकिन बात की लेन देन बात के रीति से करो , अपसेट रूप से नहीं करो . bāt key|kī lēn dēn bhalē karō , kōī bhī bāt ātī hai tō knowledgeful hōnē K|kē kāraṇ samajhtē tō hō nā-yē ṭhīk hai , yē nahī̃ ṭhīk hai , yē hōnī chāhiyē , yē nahī̃ hōnī chāhiyē … lēkin bāt key|kī lēn dēn bāt K|kē rīti sē karō , upset rūp sē nahī̃ karō . bāt[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] lēn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēn[n.f.;sg.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō knowledgeful hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] x ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[.oblig3] , yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[.oblig3] … lēkin bāt[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] lēn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēn[n.f.;sg.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , upset rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . matter (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x gift benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , anyone matter come[pres.sg.f.23] then knowledgeful be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) because understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x OK be[pres.sg.23] , this not OK be[pres.sg.23] , this be[.oblig3] , this not be[.oblig3] … but matter (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x gift matter (K|of) way from do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , upset Rup from not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
88Achcha, the double foreigners are in the majority. 89BapDada is especially asking the double foreigners: Do you constantly remain set on your seat of all rights or do you very quickly become upset?
110एक तरफ बोलते जायेंगे , दूसरे तरफ गंगा जमुना बहाते रहेंगे . ēk taraph bōltē jāyēṅgē , dūsrē taraph gaṅgā jamunā bahātē rahē̃gē . ēk taraph[x] bōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] , dūsrē taraph[x] gaṅgā[n.f.;sg.] jamunā[x] bahānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . x speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] , x Ganges Jamuna shed[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
90You do not quickly become upset, do you? 91What happens?
111चाहे मन में बहाओ , चाहे आंख से बहाओ , दोनों ही ठीक नहीं है . chāhē man mē̃ bahāō , chāhē āṅkh sē bahāō , dōnō̃ hī ṭhīk nahī̃ hai . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bahānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dōnō̃ hī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) mind in shed[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) eye from shed[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x only OK not be[pres.sg.23] .
92Do you remain set or do you quickly become upset?
112तो गिफ्ट देने के लिये तैयार हो ? tō gift dēnē K|kē liyē taiyār hō ? tō gift dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then gift give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
93Say, no. 94No or yes?
113सोच लिया कि ऐसे ही हाँ कर लिया ? sōch liyā ki aisē hī hā̃ kar liyā ? sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] hā̃ karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ? think[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] that such only yes do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ?
95Do you get upset?
114बापदादा बहुत सहज शब्दों में युक्ति बता रहे हैं कि जब भी कोई परिस्थिति या प्रकृति हलचल के रूप में आये तो दो शब्द याद रखो , विधि है-या नॉट ( N o t ) करो या डॉट ( D o t ) लगाओ . bāpdādā bahut sahaj śhabdō̃ mē̃ yukti batā rahē haĩ ki jab bhī kōī paristhiti yā prakr̥iti halchal K|kē rūp mē̃ āyē tō dō śhabda yād rakhō , vidhi hai-yā not ( N o t ) karō yā dot ( D o t ) lagāō . bāpdādā bahut sahaj[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] batānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] jab bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yā prakr̥iti[x] halchal[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] x not ( N o t ) karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā dot ( D o t ) lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada very easy word in way tell[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that when too some circumstances or matter upheaval (K|of) Rup in (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) word remember , method x not ( N o t ) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or x ( D o t ) attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
96Or, is this something of the past, not of the present time? 97It has become the past, has it not? 98You do not have this any more, do you? 99You have now become knowledgefull and powerful.
115नॉट या डॉट . not yā dot . not yā dot . not or x .
100Do you get upset?
116अगर कोई बात रांग है तो यही सोचो नॉट माना नहीं करना है . agar kōī bāt wrong hai tō yahī sōchō not mānā nahī̃ karnā hai . agar kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] wrong hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō yahī[pn.;d.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . if some matter x be[pres.sg.23] then this think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 117न सोचना है , न करना है , न बोलना है . na sōchnā hai , na karnā hai , na bōlnā hai . na[neg] sōchnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , na[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , na[neg] bōlnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . not think[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , not speak[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
101Do you get upset over trivial matters so that you face changes and your mood changes?
118और डॉट लगा दो तो नॉट हो ही जायेगा . aur dot lagā dō tō not hō hī jāyēgā . aur dot lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] tō not hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . and x attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] then not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[fut.m.sg.23] .
102Is it like this?
119सोचो नॉट , लगाओ डॉट . sōchō not , lagāō dot . sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not , lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dot . think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not , attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x . 120फिनिश . finish . finish . x .
103Or does this only happen sometimes?
121डॉट ( बिन्दी ) लगाने में कितना टाइम लगता है ? dot ( bindī ) lagānē mē̃ kitnā time lagtā hai ? dot ( bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? x ( point ) attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] in so time x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
104Do you sometimes become upset?
122सेकण्ड से भी कम . second sē bhī cum|kam . second sē[postp.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] . second from too (x|less) .
105You are saying yes.
123लेकिन होता क्या है ? lēkin hōtā kyā hai ? lēkin hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? but be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] what be[pres.sg.23] ?
106Even the Pandavs are saying yes.
124समझते हो कि यह नहीं करना है , ठीक नहीं है लेकिन डॉट लगाना नहीं आता है . samajhtē hō ki yah nahī̃ karnā hai , ṭhīk nahī̃ hai lēkin dot lagānā nahī̃ ātā hai . samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , ṭhīk[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin dot lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . understand[pres.pl.m.2] that this not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , OK not be[pres.sg.23] but x attach[inf.m.sg.d.] not come[pres.sg.m.23] . 125नॉलेजफुल तो बन गये लेकिन सिर्फ नॉलेजफुल नहीं चाहिये , नॉलेज के साथ पॉवरफुल भी चहिये . knowledgeful tō ban gayē lēkin sirph knowledgeful nahī̃ chāhiyē , knowledge kē sāth powerful bhī chahiyē . knowledgeful tō bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] lēkin sirph[adj.] knowledgeful nahī̃[neg] chāhiē , knowledge kē sāth[x] powerful bhī[p.] chāhiē . knowledgeful then become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] but only knowledgeful not should , knowledge with powerful too should .
107Achcha, those of you who never think about getting upset, that you have forgotten how to get upset and have become such powerful souls, raise your hands.
126तो पॉवरफुल स्थिति की कमज़ोरी है इसीलिये डॉट नहीं लगा सकते हो . tō powerful sthiti key|kī kamzōrī hai isīliyē dot nahī̃ lagā saktē hō . tō powerful sthiti[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē dot nahī̃[neg] lagānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . then powerful stage (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) weakness be[pres.sg.23] therefore x not attach[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
108Those who never get upset, raise your hands.
127और जिसे डॉट लगाना आयेगा वो बाप को भी नहीं भूलेगा , बाप भी डॉट ( बिन्दी ) है . aur jisē dot lagānā āyēgā vō bāp kō bhī nahī̃ bhūlēgā , bāp bhī dot ( bindī ) hai . aur jō[pn.sg.kō] dot lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] bhūlnā[fut.m.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dot ( bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and that[.kō] x attach[inf.m.sg.d.] come[fut.m.sg.23] that father to too not forget[fut.m.sg.23] , father too x ( point ) be[pres.sg.23] .
109So, at least you are speaking the truth and so congratulations for that.
128आप भी तो डॉट हो . āp bhī tō dot hō . āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] tō dot hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you too then x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 129तो सभी याद आ जायेगा . tō sabhī yād ā jāyēgā . tō sab[adv.hī] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then all remembrance come[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . 130फुल स्टॉप . full stop . full stop[x] . full stop . 131क्वेचन मार्क ( ? question mark ( ? question mark[x] ( ? x ( ?
110This season, you will leave something behind in Madhuban, will you not?
132) , आश्चर्य की मात्रा ( ! ) , āśhcharya kī mātrā ( ! ) , āśhcharya kī mātrā[x] ( ! ) , x ( !
111Or will you take something back with you?
133) या कॉमा ( , ) ये नहीं दो , फुल स्टॉप ( . ) . ) yā comma ( , ) yē nahī̃ dō , full stop ( . ) . ) yā comma ( , ) yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , full stop[x] ( . ) . ) or comma ( , ) this not (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , full stop ( . ) .
112You will at least leave something behind in Madhuban.
134फुल स्टॉप की मात्रा इजी है ना . full stop key|kī mātrā easy hai nā . full stop[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mātrā[n.f.;sg.] easy hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . full stop (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) trace easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
113So you have now celebrated ShivRatri.
135और सब तो मुश्किल है . aur sab tō muśhkil hai . aur sab[adj.] tō muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and all then difficult be[pres.sg.23] .
114The majority of you celebrated it.
136और सबसे मुश्किल है क्वेश्चन मार्क . aur sabsē muśhkil hai question mark . aur sabsē muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] question mark[x] . and the most difficult be[pres.sg.23] x .
115What do you give to someone whose birthday it is?
137वो लगाने बहुत जल्दी आता है . vō lagānē bahut jaldī ātā hai . vah[pn.;d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] bahut jaldī ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . that attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] very very quickly come[pres.sg.m.23] .
116You give a gift to the one whose birthday it is.
138सुनाया है ना कि व्हाई ( W H Y ) शब्द आये तो क्या करो ? sunāyā hai nā ki why ( W H Y ) śhabda āyē tō kyā karō ? sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ki[conj.] why ( W H Y ) śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō kyā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ? speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ that x ( W H Y ) word (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then what do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ?
117So what gift have you given to the Father?
139फ्लाय . fly . fly . fly . 140ऊपर उड़ जाओ . ūpar uṛ jāō . ūpar uṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . over fly[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
118Give the gift of never becoming upset.
141व्हाई नहीं फ्लाय . why nahī̃ fly . why nahī̃[neg] fly . x not fly .
119Do you have this courage?
142फ्लाय करना आता है ? fly karnā ātā hai ? fly karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? fly do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
120Achcha, raise your hands!
143वैसे डबल फारेनर्स में अच्छे अच्छे रत्न निकले हैं . vaisē double foreigners mē̃ achchhē achchhē ratna nikalē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] double foreigner mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x double foreigner in achcha achcha jewel be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
121Take a picture of everyone's hand on the T.V!
144बापदादा ऐसे रत्नों को देख हर्षित होते हैं . bāpdādā aisē ratnō̃ kō dēkh harṣhit hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada such jewel to see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
122Raise your hands firmly, after careful consideration.
145साथ साथ ऐसे रत्न जो बहुत अमूल्य हैं , ऐसे अमूल्य रत्नों में अगर बहुत जरा सा भी कहाँ दाग दिखाई देता है तो अमूल्य रत्न के आगे वो दाग अच्छा नहीं लगता . sāth sāth aisē ratna jō bahut amūlya haĩ , aisē amūlya ratnō̃ mē̃ agar bahut jarā sā bhī kahā̃ dāg dikhāī dētā hai tō amūlya ratna kē āgē vō dāg achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bahut amūlya[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] amūlya[adj.] ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] agar bahut zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kahā̃ dāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō amūlya[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] vah[pn.;d.] dāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . with with such jewel that very invaluable be[pres.pl.12hon3] , such invaluable jewel in if very x x too where flaw be visible then invaluable jewel in front of that flaw achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
123Achcha, even those who are translating, raise your hands! 124Look, a picture of everyone's raised hand has been taken. 125Just be careful now, because a photo has been taken.
146होता छोटा सा दाग है लेकिन कहेंगे तो दाग ना ! hōtā chhōṭā sā dāg hai lēkin kahē̃gē tō dāg nā ! hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō dāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] nā ! be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] small x flaw be[pres.sg.23] but say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then flaw ∅ !
126BapDada does not like that face.
147तो जब अमूल्य रत्न बन गये हो तो बाकी छोटा सा दाग क्यों रखा है ? tō jab amūlya ratna ban gayē hō tō bākī chhōṭā sā dāg kyō̃ rakhā hai ? tō jab amūlya[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] tō bākī|bākī chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃ rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? then when invaluable jewel become[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] then (but|others) small x flaw why keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? 148अच्छा लगता है क्या ? achchhā lagtā hai kyā ? achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyā ? enjoy what ? 149ये तो नहीं सोचते हो कि चन्द्रमा में भी काला दिखाई देता है इसीलिये अच्छा है ! yē tō nahī̃ sōchtē hō ki chandramā mē̃ bhī kālā dikhāī dētā hai isīliyē achchhā hai ! yah[pn.pl.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] chandramā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kālā[x] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] isliē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! this then not think[pres.pl.m.2] that moon in too ugly be visible therefore achcha be[pres.sg.23] !
127BapDada constantly wishes to see a constantly blooming spiritual rose; not a wilted flower, but one inconstant bloom You always do whatever the one you have love for likes.
150डबल विदेशी सेम्पल बनकर दिखाओ . double vidēśhī sample bankar dikhāō . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sample bannā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . double foreigner sample become[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
128It is like this, is it not?
151जरा भी कोई कमी नहीं . jarā bhī kōī kamī nahī̃ . zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . x too some x not .
129Double foreigners have a lot of love.
152वैसे दाग का कारण क्या होता है ? vaisē dāg kā kāraṇ kyā hōtā hai ? vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? x flaw of because what be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
130Do you have love for the Father?
153चाहते नहीं हो कि दाग लगे लेकिन लग जाता है . chāhtē nahī̃ hō ki dāg lagē lēkin lag jātā hai . chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] dāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēkin lagnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that flaw (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|x) but x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
131Do all of you have love?
154क्यों लग जाता है ? kyō̃ lag jātā hai ? kyō̃ lagnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? why x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
132How much? 133A lot.
155मूल कारण जानते हो ? mūl kāraṇ jāntē hō ? mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? main because know[pres.pl.m.2] ? 156जानने में तो होशियार हो . jānnē mē̃ tō hōśhiyār hō . jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . know[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then clever (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
134You also like that which the Father likes, do you not?
157जानते भी हो और जब आपस में वर्कशॉप करते हो तो बापदादा वर्कशॉप के भी फोटो देखते हैं , कारण बहुत निकालते हो-ये कारण है , ये कारण है … और अच्छी अच्छी बातें वर्कशॉप में निकालते हो लेकिन वर्क में नहीं लाते हो . jāntē bhī hō aur jab āpas mē̃ workshop kartē hō tō bāpdādā workshop K|kē bhī phōṭō dēkhtē haĩ , kāraṇ bahut nikāltē hō-yē kāraṇ hai , yē kāraṇ hai … aur achchhī achchhī bātē̃ workshop mē̃ nikāltē hō lēkin work mē̃ nahī̃ lātē hō . jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur jab āpas mē̃[x] workshop karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bāpdādā workshop K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] photo dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut nikālnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] … aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] workshop mē̃[postp.] nikālnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin work mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lānā[pres.pl.m.2] . know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and when with each other x do[pres.pl.m.2] then BapDada x (K|of) too photograph see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , because very x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x because be[pres.sg.23] , this because be[pres.sg.23] … and achcha achcha matter x in x[pres.pl.m.2] but x in not x[pres.pl.m.2] . 158बॉडी कॉन्सेसनेस के बहुत सूक्ष्म रूप बनते जाते हैं . body consciousness K|kē bahut sūkṣhma rūp bantē jātē haĩ . body consciousness[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut sūkṣhma[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . x (K|of) very subtle Rup become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . 159अभी मोटे मोटे रूप में बॉडी कान्सेस नहीं आता लेकिन सूक्ष्म और रॉयल रूप में आता है . abhī mōṭē mōṭē rūp mē̃ body conscious nahī̃ ātā lēkin sūkṣhma aur royal rūp mē̃ ātā hai . ab[adv.hī] mōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] body conscious[x] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin sūkṣhma[adj.] aur royal rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . now gross gross Rup in body conscious not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] but subtle and royal Rup in come[pres.sg.m.23] . 160बुद्धि बहुत अच्छी चलाते हो , जब अच्छी अच्छी बातें सोचते हो तो बापदादा खुश होते हैं लेकिन अच्छी बातें सोचते करते फिर थोड़ा भी अगर कोई एडीशन करेक्शन करते हैं तो मैं पन आ जाता है . buddhi bahut achchhī chalātē hō , jab achchhī achchhī bātē̃ sōchtē hō tō bāpdādā khuśh hōtē haĩ lēkin achchhī bātē̃ sōchtē kartē phir thōṛā bhī agar kōī addition correction kartē haĩ tō maĩ pan ā jātā hai . buddhi[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chalānā[pres.pl.m.2] , jab achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] agar kōī[pn.;d.] addition correction karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . intellect very achcha x[pres.pl.m.2] , when achcha achcha matter think[pres.pl.m.2] then BapDada happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but achcha matter think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (then|turn[root]) short too if some addition x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then I x come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
135Now, no one should send the news, saying: What can I do?
161जैसे खुशी से अपने विचार देते हो ऐसे दूसरे के विचार भी खुशी से लो . jaisē khuśhī sē apnē vichār dētē hō aisē dūsrē K|kē vichār bhī khuśhī sē lō|low . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vichār[x] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vichār[x] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . like happiness from one’s own x give[pres.pl.m.2] such other (K|of) x too happiness from (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .
136The situation was like that and that is why I became upset.
162घबराओ नहीं-ये कैसे होगा , ये क्या किया , ये तो हो नहीं सकता , ये तो चल नहीं सकता … . ghabrāō nahī̃-yē kaisē hōgā , yē kyā kiyā , yē tō hō nahī̃ saktā , yē tō chal nahī̃ saktā … . ghabrānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] kyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] tō chalnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] … . be afraid[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x how be[fut.m.sg.23] , this what do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , this then continue[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] … .
137Even if the matter that comes in front of you is one that upsets you, you should not allow yourself to be upset.
163दूसरे की राय , दूसरे की बात को भी इतना ही रिगार्ड दो जितना अपनी बात को रिगार्ड देते हो . dūsrē key|kī rāy , dūsrē key|kī bāt kō bhī itnā hī regard dō jitnā apnī bāt kō regard dētē hō . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] regard dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] regard dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] . other (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x) , other (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter to too such only regard (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) the more one’s own matter to regard give[pres.pl.m.2] . 164विचार देना अलग चीज़है , आपको उनके विचार अगर ठीक नहीं भी लगते हैं तो उसके इफेक्ट में आना , अवस्था नीचे ऊपर हो जाये तो ये सेवा , सेवा नहीं होती . vichār dēnā alag cīzahai , āpkō unkē vichār agar ṭhīk nahī̃ bhī lagtē haĩ tō uskē effect mē̃ ānā , avasthā nīchē ūpar hō jāyē tō yē sēvā , sēvā nahī̃ hōtī . vichār[x] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] alag[adj.] x , āp[pn.pl.kō] vah[pn.pl.kē] vichār[x] agar ṭhīk[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō uskā[pn.sg.kē] effect mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|ānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , avasthā[n.f.;sg.] nīchē ūpar hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō yah[pn.pl.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . x give[inf.m.sg.d.] separate x , you[.kō] that[.kē] x if OK not too x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then of that[.kē] effect in (x|come[inf.m.sg.d.]) , stage down over be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then this service , service not be[pres-part.f.] . 165एडजस्ट करना , दूसरों के विचार को भी अपने विचारों के माफिक सोचना समझना-यह है दूसरे के विचारों को रिगार्ड देना . ēḍajasṭa karnā , dūsrō̃ K|kē vichār kō bhī apnē vichārō̃ K|kē māphik sōchnā samajhanā-yah hai dūsrē K|kē vichārō̃ kō regard dēnā . x karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vichār[x] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vichār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] muāphik sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vichār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] regard dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x do[inf.m.sg.d.] , other (K|of) x to too one’s own x (K|of) x think[inf.m.sg.d.] x be[pres.sg.23] other (K|of) x to regard give[inf.m.sg.d.] . 166जैसे समझते हो ना कि मैंने यह सोचा या विचार निकाला , विचार किया , काम किया , तो मेरे विचारों का महत्व होना चाहिये , दूसरों को रिगॉर्ड देना चाहिये , ऐसे दूसरे का विचार भी अपने विचारों से मिलाना , वो मिलाना नहीं आता है , दूसरे के विचार को दूसरों के विचार समझते हो . jaisē samajhtē hō nā ki mainnē yah sōchā yā vichār nikālā , vichār kiyā , kām kiyā , tō mērē vichārō̃ kā mahatva hōnā chāhiyē , dūsrō̃ kō regard dēnā chāhiyē , aisē dūsrē kā vichār bhī apnē vichārō̃ sē milānā , vō milānā nahī̃ ātā hai , dūsrē K|kē vichār kō dūsrō̃ K|kē vichār samajhtē hō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.nē] yah[pn.sg.d.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā vichār[x] nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vichār[x] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō maĩ[pn.sg.kē] vichār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[.oblig3] , dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] regard dēnā[.oblig3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vichār[x] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vichār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] milānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.;d.] milānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vichār[x] kō[postp.] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vichār[x] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] . like understand[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ that I[.nē] this think[past-part.m.sg.d.] or x x[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (task|lust) do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , then I[.kē] x of importance be[.oblig3] , other to regard give[.oblig3] , such other of x too one’s own x from x[inf.m.sg.d.] , that x[inf.m.sg.d.] not come[pres.sg.m.23] , other (K|of) x to other (K|of) x understand[pres.pl.m.2] .
138When you swing in a swing, it goes up and down a great deal.
167क्योंकि अभी आप डबल विदेशी भी सेवा के क्षेत्र में प्लैन बनाने में अच्छी प्रोग्रेस कर रहे हो और आगे भी होनी है . kyōṅki abhī āp double vidēśhī bhī sēvā K|kē kṣhētra mē̃ plan banānē mē̃ achchhī progress kar rahē hō aur āgē bhī hōnī hai . kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kṣhētra[x] mē̃[postp.] plan banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] progress karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur āgē bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because now you double foreigner too service (K|of) field in plan create[inf.m.pl.,o.] in achcha progress do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and previously too be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
139So a swing also makes you upset, it comes down very low and then it goes high up very fast, and so it upsets your body.
168लेकिन एडजस्टमेन्ट की विशेषता को यूज करो . lēkin ēḍajasṭamēnṭa key|kī viśhēṣhtā kō use karō . lēkin x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] use karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality to use do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
140However, because you consider it a game, you don't become upset, do you?
169अगर कोई भी बच्चा आगे बढ़ता है तो बापदादा को खुशी होती है . agar kōī bhī bachchā āgē baṛhtā hai tō bāpdādā kō khuśhī hōtī hai . agar kōī bhī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . if anyone child previously grow[pres.sg.m.23] then BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .
141Why do you not become upset? 142Because you consider it to be a game.
170ऐसे नहीं समझते कि ये क्यों आगे बढ़े ! aisē nahī̃ samajhtē ki yē kyō̃ āgē baṛhē ! aisē nahī̃[x] samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] kyō̃ āgē baṛhnā[opt.sg.23]|baṛhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ! it isn't that understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that this why previously (grow[opt.sg.23]|grow[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) !
143Instead of becoming upset, you consider it to be a form of entertainment.
171जो बढ़ता है वो बहुत अच्छा . jō baṛhtā hai vō bahut achchhā . jō[pn.;d.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . that grow[pres.sg.m.23] that very achcha .
144What is the reason for this?
172तो डबल विदेशियों के लिये बापदादा को स्नेह तो है ही लेकिन सेवा के प्लैन वा प्रैक्टिकल सेवा के लिये जो करते हो , कर रहे हो , उसके लिये बहुत बहुत रिगार्ड है . tō double vidēśhiyō̃ K|kē liyē bāpdādā kō snēh tō hai hī lēkin sēvā K|kē plan vā practical sēvā K|kē liyē jō kartē hō , kar rahē hō , uskē liyē bahut bahut regard hai . tō double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan vā practical sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut bahut regard hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then double foreigner (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] BapDada to love then be[pres.sg.23] only but service (K|of) plan or practical service (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that do[pres.pl.m.2] , do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , of that[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] very very regard be[pres.sg.23] . 173बापदादा ने पहले भी सुनाया है कि अगर आप डबल विदेशी नहीं होते तो बाप का एक टाइटल प्रैक्टिकल में सिद्ध नहीं होता . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī sunāyā hai ki agar āp double vidēśhī nahī̃ hōtē tō bāp kā ēk title practical mē̃ siddha nahī̃ hōtā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] agar āp[pn.pl.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] title practical mē̃[postp.] siddh[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that if you double foreigner not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then father of one title practical in successful not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 174कौन सा ? kaun sā ? kaun[pn.;d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? who x ?
145It is a game. 146When any situation that upsets you comes in front of you and they will definitely come, they will definitely come to those who raised their hands, because Maya is listening, she is also hearing the murli when they come, consider them to be a game.
175विश्व कल्या णकारी . viśhva kalyā ṇakārī . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] x x . world x x .
147Do not become afraid.
176तो अभी देखो विश्व के चारों ओर बाप का मैसेज दे रहे हो ना ! tō abhī dēkhō viśhva K|kē chārō̃ ōr bāp kā message dē rahē hō nā ! tō ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] message dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā ! then now see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] world (K|of) everywhere father of message give[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ !
148Achcha, if it swings you, then let it swing you, but the mind should not become afraid.
177इस सीजन में चारों ओर के आये हैं ना ! is season mē̃ chārō̃ ōr K|kē āyē haĩ nā ! yah[pn.sg.o.] season mē̃[postp.] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! this season in everywhere (K|of) come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
149Become knowledgefull.
178टोटल कितने देशों के आये हैं ? total kitnē dēśhō̃ K|kē āyē haĩ ? total kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? total so land (K|of) come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
150Become powerful.
179 ( 58 ) बाकी कितने मुख्य देश रहे हैं ? ( 58 ) bākī kitnē mukhya dēśh rahē haĩ ? ( 58 ) bākī|bākī kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukhya[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? ( 58 ) (but|others) so main land remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
151Do not let go of that seat, and then see what happens.
180 ( 125 ) छोटे छोटे देश तो बहुत होंगे , लेकिन मुख्य देश 125 रहे हुए हैं ! ( 125 ) chhōṭē chhōṭē dēśh tō bahut hōṅgē , lēkin mukhya dēśh 125 rahē huē haĩ ! ( 125 ) chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , lēkin mukhya[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] 125 rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ! ( 125 ) small small land then very be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , but main land 125 (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] !
152When Maya once or twice sees that you are not going to get upset, she herself will become upset.
181तो अभी डबल विदेशियों को तो बहुत काम करना पड़ेगा ! tō abhī double vidēśhiyō̃ kō tō bahut kām karnā paṛēgā ! tō ab[adv.hī] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō bahut kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] ! then now double foreigner to then very (task|lust) do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] ! 182भारत में भी करना है तो विदेश में भी करना है , दोनों जगह करना है . bhārat mē̃ bhī karnā hai tō vidēśh mē̃ bhī karnā hai , dōnō̃ jagah karnā hai . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , dōnō̃ jagah[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . Bharat in too do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then abroad in too do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , x x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 183बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है कि सेवा की सम्पूर्ण सफलता की निशानी ये है कि कोई भी तरफ की आत्मा उलहना नहीं दे कि हमारे तरफ तो मैसेज पहुँचा ही नहीं . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai ki sēvā key|kī sampūrṇ saphaltā key|kī niśhānī yē hai ki kōī bhī taraph key|kī ātmā ulahnā nahī̃ dē ki hamārē taraph tō message pahuñchā hī nahī̃ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sampūrṇ[adj.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] kōī bhī[x] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kē] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō message pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pahuñchānā[root] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) complete success (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign this be[pres.sg.23] that anyone direction (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) soul complaint not (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) that we[.kē] direction then message (reach[past-part.m.sg.d.]|cause to reach[root]) only not . 184मैसेज पहुँचाया और सुनते हुए कोई ने अपना भाग्य नहीं बनाया तो आपके प्रति उलहना नहीं हुआ , वह उन आत्मा के प्रति हुआ . message pahuñchāyā aur suntē huē kōī nē apnā bhāgya nahī̃ banāyā tō āpkē prati ulahnā nahī̃ huā , vah un ātmā kē prati huā . message pahuñchānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] prati ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . message cause to reach[past-part.m.sg.d.] and listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] some ∅ (one’s own|adopt[root]) x not create[past-part.m.sg.d.] then you[.kē] for complaint not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that that soul for be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
153She will not upset you.
185लेकिन आपके प्रति कोई उलहना नहीं रह जाये . lēkin āpkē prati kōī ulahnā nahī̃ rah jāyē . lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] prati kōī[pn.;d.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . but you[.kē] for some complaint not remain[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
154You may have an exchange about the situation with others.
186जब कहते ही हैं कि मास्टर विश्व कल्याण कारी हैं तो विश्व के चारों ओर मैसेज तो पहुँचना चाहिये . jab kahtē hī haĩ ki master viśhva kalyāṇ kārī haĩ tō viśhva K|kē chārō̃ ōr message tō pahuñchnā chāhiyē . jab kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] master viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] message tō pahuñchnā[.oblig3] . when say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] that master world benefit x be[pres.pl.12hon3] then world (K|of) everywhere message then reach[.oblig3] . 187भारत में भी पहुँचना चाहिये तो विदेश में भी पहुँचना चाहिए . bhārat mē̃ bhī pahuñchnā chāhiyē tō vidēśh mē̃ bhī pahuñchnā chāhiē . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] pahuñchnā[.oblig3] tō vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] pahuñchnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|pahuñchnā[.oblig3] . Bharat in too reach[.oblig3] then abroad in too (reach[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|reach[.oblig3]) .
155When anything comes in front of you, because of being knowledgefull, you understand whether it is all right, whether it is not all right, whether it should happen or whether it should not happen.
188जिस समय आपका विजय का झण्डा लहराता हो उस समय यदि कोई आत्मा आकर यह उलहना दे तो अच्छा लगेगा ? jis samay āpkā vijay kā jhaṇḍā laharātā hō us samay yadi kōī ātmā ākar yah ulahnā dē tō achchhā lagēgā ? jis samay[x] āp[pn.pl.kā] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[x] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yadi kōī[pn.;d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[abs.] yah[pn.sg.d.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] tō achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? x you[.kā] victory of flag hoist[x] that time x some soul come[abs.] this complaint (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) then enjoy ?
156However, have an exchange about the situation in the form of a conversation, not whilst getting upset.
189एक तरफ आप झण्डा लहरा रहे हैं और दूसरे तरफ लोग उलहना दे रहे हैं तो अच्छा लगेगा ? ēk taraph āp jhaṇḍā laharā rahē haĩ aur dūsrē taraph lōg ulahnā dē rahē haĩ tō achchhā lagēgā ? ēk taraph[x] āp[pn.pl.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur dūsrē taraph[x] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? x you flag hoist[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and x people complaint give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then enjoy ? 190नहीं लगेगा ना ! nahī̃ lagēgā nā ! nahī̃[neg] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā ! not x[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ !
157On the one hand, you would speak about it, but on the other hand, the Ganges would be flowing.
191डबल विदेशियों की हिम्मत अच्छी है , बाप से प्यार तो है ही लेकिन सेवा से भी प्यार अच्छा है . double vidēśhiyō̃ key|kī himmat achchhī hai , bāp sē pyār tō hai hī lēkin sēvā sē bhī pyār achchhā hai . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . double foreigner (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) courage achcha be[pres.sg.23] , father from love then be[pres.sg.23] only but service from too love achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
158Whether you let them flow in your mind or through your eyes, neither is good.
192दोनों से प्यार का सर्टीफिकेटअच्छा है . dōnō̃ sē pyār kā sarṭīphikēṭaacchā hai . dōnō̃ sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x from love of x be[pres.sg.23] .
159So, are you ready to give a gift?
193अभी कौन सासर्टीफिकेट लेना है ? abhī kaun sāsarṭīphikēṭ lēnā hai ? ab[adv.hī] kaun[pn.;d.] x lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? now who x take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? 194जितने सेवाधारी , उतने ही शक्तिधारी . jitnē sēvādhārī , utnē hī śaktidhārī . jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] x . the more server , x only x .
160Have you thought about it, or have you just said yes for the sake of it?
195तो शक्तिस्वरूप बन गये-यह सर्टीफिकेटलेना है . tō śhaktisvarūp ban gayē-yah sarṭīphikēṭalēnā hai . tō śhaktisvarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] x x hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then x (x|become[root]) x x be[pres.sg.23] . 196बापदादा देखते हैं-मैजारिटी बाप से और सेवा से प्यार में पास हैं . bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ-maijāriṭī bāp sē aur sēvā sē pyār mē̃ pās|pass haĩ . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x father from and service from love in (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
161BapDada is giving you a very easy yukti in words, for when any situation or any of the elements come in front of you to make you fluctuate; at that time, remember two words.
197अभी जो इस सीजन में पहली बार आये हैं वो हाथ उठाओ . abhī jō is season mē̃ pahlī bār āyē haĩ vō hāth uṭhāō . ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] season mē̃[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now that this season in x time come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
162The method is either to use "not" or to apply a "dot".
198टोटल कितने हैं ? total kitnē haĩ ? total kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? total so be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
163Not or dot.
199600 पहली बार आये हैं . 600 pahlī bār āyē haĩ . 600 pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 600 x time come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
164This is easy, is it not?
200आप बहुत लक्की हो . āp bahut lucky hō . āp[pn.pl.] bahut lucky hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you very lucky (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
165You will not forget this, will you?
201क्योंकि आपको सेवा के लिये मार्जिन बहुत अच्छी मिली है . kyōṅki āpkō sēvā K|kē liyē margin bahut achchhī milī hai . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kō] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] margin bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . because you[.kō] service (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x very achcha receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
166If something is wrong, then think "not", which means, you must not do that.
202अभी सवा सौ स्थान रहे हुए हैं और आप 600 हो तो 2-2 , 3-3 मिलकर भी करो तो पूरा हो जायेगा . abhī savā sau sthān rahē huē haĩ aur āp 600 hō tō 2-2 , 3-3 milkar bhī karō tō pūrā hō jāyēgā . ab[adv.hī] x sau[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] 600 hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō 2-2 , 3-3 milnā[abs.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . now x hundred place (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and you 600 (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then 2-2 , 3-3 receive[abs.] too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then full be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
167You must not think about it, you must not do it, you must not speak about it.
203आपके लिये सेवा का निमन्त्रण पहले से ही तैयार है . āpkē liyē sēvā kā nimantraṇ pahlē sē hī taiyār hai . āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlē sē[x] hī[p.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] service of invitation beforehand only x be[pres.sg.23] . 204बहुत अच्छी प्रोग्रेस की है . bahut achchhī progress kī hai . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] progress karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . very achcha progress do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
168Just not, that is all. 169And apply a dot, and it will automatically become not.
205600 इस सीजन में नये आ गये तो सेवा की है तब तो आये हैं ना ! 600 is season mē̃ nayē ā gayē tō sēvā kī hai tab tō āyē haĩ nā ! 600 yah[pn.sg.o.] season mē̃[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] tab tō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! 600 this season in new come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] for only then then come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
170Do you not know how to apply a dot?
206तो कितनी मुबारक है ! tō kitnī mubārak hai ! tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then so congratulations be[pres.sg.23] !
171Think not, and apply a dot.
207पदमापदममुबारक . padamāpadamamubārak . x . x .
172Finish!
208 ( बापदादा ने ड्रिल कराई ) ( bāpdādā nē drill karāī ) ( bāpdādā nē[postp.] drill karānā[past-part.f.] ) ( BapDada ∅ drill make commit[past-part.f.] )
173Does it take time to apply a dot?
209एक सेकण्ड में डॉट लगा सकते हो ? ēk second mē̃ dot lagā saktē hō ? ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] dot lagānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? one second in x attach[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
174Apply a dot; how long would that take?
210अभी अभी कर्म में और अभी अभी कर्म से न्यारे , कर्म के सम्बन्ध से न्यारे हो सकते हो ? abhī abhī karma mē̃ aur abhī abhī karma sē nyārē , karma K|kē sambandh sē nyārē hō saktē hō ? ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aur ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? now now deed in and now now deed from unique , deed (K|of) relationship from unique be[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? 211यह एक्सरसाइज आती है ? yah exercise ātī hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] exercise ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ? this exercise come[pres.sg.f.23] ? 212किसी भी कर्म में बहुत बिजी हो , मन बुद्धि कर्म के सम्बन्ध में लगी हुई है , बन्धन में नहीं , सम्बन्ध में , लेकिन डायरेक्शन मिले-फुल स्टॉप . kisī bhī karma mē̃ bahut busy hō , man buddhi karma K|kē sambandh mē̃ lagī huī hai , bandhan mē̃ nahī̃ , sambandh mē̃ , lēkin direction milē-phul stop . kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut busy hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , lēkin direction x stop . (some|anything) too deed in very busy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , mind intellect deed (K|of) relationship in x[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , bondage in not , relationship in , but direction x stop . 213तो फुल स्टॉप लगा सकते हो कि कर्म के संकल्प चलते रहेंगे ? tō full stop lagā saktē hō ki karma K|kē saṅkalp chaltē rahē̃gē ? tō full stop[x] lagānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ki[conj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ? then full stop attach[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] that deed (K|of) thought continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ?
175Less than one second. 176What happens is that you think that you should not do something, that it is not right, but you do not know how to apply a dot. 177This is known as being knowledgefull, but you must not just be knowledgefull; together with knowledge, you also need to be powerful.
214यह करना है , यह नहीं करना है , यह ऐसे है , यह वैसे है … . yah karnā hai , yah nahī̃ karnā hai , yah aisē hai , yah vaisē hai … . yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] … . this do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this such be[pres.sg.23] , this x be[pres.sg.23] … .
178You lack a powerful stage, and this is why you are not able to apply a dot.
215तो यह प्रैक्टिस एक सेकण्ड के लिये भी करो लेकिन अभ्यास करते जाओ , क्योंकि अन्तिम सर्टीफिकेटएक सेकण्ड के फुल स्टॉप लगाने पर ही मिलना है . tō yah practice ēk second K|kē liyē bhī karō lēkin abhyās kartē jāō , kyōṅki antim sarṭīphikēṭaēk second K|kē full stop lagānē par hī milnā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] practice ēk[adj.] second K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] , kyōṅki antim[adj.] x second K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] full stop[x] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then this practice one second (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but practice do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] , because final x second (K|of) full stop attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] (at|other) only receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
179Those who know how to apply a dot will not forget the Father. 180The Father is a Dot, and you are also a dot.
216सेकण्ड में विस्तार को समा ले , सार स्वरूप बन जाये . second mē̃ vistār kō samā lē , sār svarūp ban jāyē . second mē̃[postp.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samānā[opt.sg.23.root+lēnā] , sār[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . second in expansion to merge[opt.sg.23.root+lēnā] , essence form become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
181And so you will remember everything. 182Full stop!
217तो यह प्रैक्टिस जब भी चांस मिले , कर सकते हो तो करते रहो . tō yah practice jab bhī chance milē , kar saktē hō tō kartē rahō . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] practice jab bhī[p.] chance milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] , karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] tō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . then this practice when too chance (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) , do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] then do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
183Do not apply a question mark, an exclamation mark or a comma, but a fullstop.
218ऐसे नहीं , योग में बैठेंगे तो फुल स्टॉप लगेगा . aisē nahī̃ , yōg mē̃ baiṭhē̃gē tō full stop lagēgā . aisē nahī̃[x] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō full stop[x] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] . it isn't that , yoga in sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then full stop x[fut.m.sg.23] .
184The sign of a full stop is easy; the rest are difficult.
219हलचल में फुल स्टॉप . halchal mē̃ full stop . halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] full stop[x] . upheaval in full stop . 220इतनी पॉवरफुल ब्रेक है ? itnī powerful brake hai ? itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] powerful brake[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? such powerful brake be[pres.sg.23] ?
185The most difficult one is the question mark.
221कि ब्रेक लगायेंगे यहाँ और ठहरेगी वहाँ ! ki brake lagāyēṅgē yahā̃ aur ṭhaharēgī vahā̃ ! ki[conj.] brake lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yahā̃ aur ṭhaharnā[fut.f.sg.23] vahā̃ ! that brake attach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] here and stay[fut.f.sg.23] there !
186However, you know how to apply that very quickly.
222और समय पर फुल स्टॉप लगे , समय बीत जाने के बाद फुल स्टॉप लगाया तो उससे फायदा नहीं है . aur samay par full stop lagē , samay bīt jānē kē bād full stop lagāyā tō ussē phāydā nahī̃ hai . aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] full stop[x] lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bītnā[root] jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] kē bād[x] full stop[x] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō vah[pn.sg.sē] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and time (at|other) full stop (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|x) , time pass[root] (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) after full stop attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] then that[.sē] profit not be[pres.sg.23] .
187You were told last time that when the word "why?" comes up, what should you do? 188Fly.
223सोचा और हुआ . sōchā aur huā . sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . think[past-part.m.sg.d.] and be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
189Fly up above.
224सोचते ही नहीं रहो कि मैं शरीर नहीं आत्मा हूँ , आत्मा हूँ , मेरे को फुल स्टॉप लगाना है और कुछ नहीं सोचना है , यह सोचते भी टाइम लग जायेगा . sōchtē hī nahī̃ rahō ki maĩ śharīr nahī̃ ātmā hū̃ , ātmā hū̃ , mērē kō full stop lagānā hai aur kuchh nahī̃ sōchnā hai , yah sōchtē bhī time lag jāyēgā . sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] full stop[x] lagānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur kuchh[x] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] time lagnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only not remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I body not soul be[pres.sg.1] , soul be[pres.sg.1] , I[.kē] to full stop attach[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x not think[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too time x[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
190Not why, but fly. 191Do you know how to do this? 192Do you know how to fly? 193Many good jewels have emerged amongst the double foreigners.
225ये सेकण्ड का फुल स्टॉप नहीं हुआ . yē second kā full stop nahī̃ huā . yah[pn.pl.d.] second kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] full stop[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . this second of full stop not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
194BapDada is happy to see such jewels.
226ये अभ्यास स्वयं ही करो . yē abhyās svayã hī karō . yah[pn.pl.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] svayã hī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this practice x only do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 227कोई को कराने की आवश्यकता नहीं है . kōī kō karānē key|kī āvaśhyaktā nahī̃ hai . kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some to make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) need not be[pres.sg.23] . 228क्योंकि नये चाहे पुराने , सभी यह विधि तो जानते हैं ना ! kyōṅki nayē chāhē purānē , sabhī yah vidhi tō jāntē haĩ nā ! kyōṅki nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! because new (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) old , all this method then know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ ! 229तो अभ्यास बहुत काल का चाहिये . tō abhyās bahut kāl kā chāhiyē . tō abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut kal kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhiē . then practice very x of should .
195Together with this, when there is even a little flaw in the invaluable jewels, then that flaw does not seem right in such invaluable jewels.
230उस समय समझो-नहीं , मैं फुल स्टॉप लगा दूँगी ! us samay samajhō-nahī̃ , maĩ full stop lagā dū̃gī ! vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] x , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] full stop[x] lagnā[fut.f.sg.1.past-part+dēnā]|lagānā[fut.f.sg.1.root+dēnā] ! that time x , I full stop (x[fut.f.sg.1.past-part+dēnā]|attach[fut.f.sg.1.root+dēnā]) !
196It is only a little flaw, but you would still call it a flaw.
231नहीं लगेगा , यह पहले से ही समझना . nahī̃ lagēgā , yah pahlē sē hī samajhnā . nahī̃[neg] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] pahlē sē[x] hī[p.] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . not x[fut.m.sg.23] , this beforehand only understand[inf.m.sg.d.] . 232उस समय , समय अनुसार कर लेंगे ! us samay , samay anusār kar lē̃gē ! vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] ! that time , time according to do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] !
197Since you have become invaluable jewels, why have you kept even a little flaw?
233नहीं , होगा ही नहीं . nahī̃ , hōgā hī nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . not , be[fut.m.sg.23] only not .
198Do you like it?
234बहुत काल का अभ्यास काम में आयेगा . bahut kāl kā abhyās kām mē̃ āyēgā . bahut kal kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . very x of practice (task|lust) in come[fut.m.sg.23] . 235क्योंकि कनेक्शन है . kyōṅki connection hai . kyōṅki connection hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because connection be[pres.sg.23] . 236यहाँ बहुतकाल का अभ्यास बहुतकाल का राज्य भाग्य प्राप्त करायेगा . yahā̃ bahutkāl kā abhyās bahutkāl kā rājya bhāgya prāpt karāyēgā . yahā̃ bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] karānā[fut.m.sg.23] . here a long period of time of practice a long period of time of kingdom x reached make commit[fut.m.sg.23] .
199You do not think that even the moon has a little mark on it, andso this is also good, do you?
237अगर अल्पकाल का अभ्यास है तो प्राप्ति भी अल्पकाल की होगी . agar alpkāl kā abhyās hai tō prāpti bhī alpkāl key|kī hōgī . agar alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō prāpti[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . if temporary period of practice be[pres.sg.23] then attainment too temporary period (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) be[fut.f.sg.23] .
200You do not think in this way, do you?
238तो ये अभ्यास सारे दिन में जब भी चांस मिले करते रहो . tō yē abhyās sārē din mē̃ jab bhī chance milē kartē rahō . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jab bhī[p.] chance milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . then this practice the whole day in when too chance (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
201Double foreigners have to become samples.
239एक सेकण्ड में कुछ बिगड़ता नहीं है . ēk second mē̃ kuchh bigaṛtā nahī̃ hai . ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] kuchh bigaṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one second in anything be spoilt[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
202There should not be the slightest weakness.
240पि्ार काम करना शुरू कर दो . piār kām karnā śhurū kar dō . x kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . x (task|lust) do[inf.m.sg.d.] beginning do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
203What is the reason for a flaw?
241लेकिन हलचल में फुल स्टॉप लगता है या नहीं-ये चेक करो . lēkin halchal mē̃ full stop lagtā hai yā nahī̃-yē check karō . lēkin halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] full stop[x] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā x check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but upheaval in full stop x[pres.sg.m.23] or x check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
204You do not wish for there to be a mark, but sometimes, there is a mark.
242कर्म के सम्बन्ध में आना और कर्म के बन्धन में आना इसमें भी फर्क है . karma K|kē sambandh mē̃ ānā aur karma K|kē bandhan mē̃ ānā ismē̃ bhī phark hai . karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|ānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|ānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . deed (K|of) relationship in (x|come[inf.m.sg.d.]) and deed (K|of) bondage in (x|come[inf.m.sg.d.]) this[.mē̃] too difference be[pres.sg.23] .
205Why is there a mark? 206What is the main reason for this?
243अगर कर्म के बन्धन में आते हैं तो कर्म आपको खींचेगा , फुल स्टॉप नहीं लगाने देगा . agar karma K|kē bandhan mē̃ ātē haĩ tō karma āpkō khīñchēgā , full stop nahī̃ lagānē dēgā . agar karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[fut.m.sg.23] , full stop[x] nahī̃[neg] lagānā[fut.m.sg.23.inf+dēnā] . if deed (K|of) bondage in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then deed you[.kō] pull[fut.m.sg.23] , full stop not attach[fut.m.sg.23.inf+dēnā] .
207Do you know the main reason? 208You are clever in knowing everything.
244और न्यारे प्यारे होकर किसी भी कर्म के सम्बन्ध में हो तो सेकण्ड में फुल स्टॉप लगेगा . aur nyārē pyārē hōkar kisī bhī karma K|kē sambandh mē̃ hō tō second mē̃ full stop lagēgā . aur nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[abs.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō second mē̃[postp.] full stop[x] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] . and unique loving be[abs.] (some|anything) too deed (K|of) relationship in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then second in full stop x[fut.m.sg.23] .
209You know it and when you hold workshops, BapDada sees the pictures of the workshops.
245क्योंकि बन्धन नहीं है . kyōṅki bandhan nahī̃ hai . kyōṅki bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because bondage not be[pres.sg.23] . 246बन्धन भी खींचता है और सम्बन्ध भी खींचता है लेकिन न्यारे होकर सम्बन्ध में आना-यह अण्डरलाइन करना . bandhan bhī khīñchtā hai aur sambandh bhī khīñchtā hai lēkin nyārē hōkar sambandh mē̃ ānā-yah underline karnā . bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[abs.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x underline karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . bondage too pull[pres.sg.m.23] and relationship too pull[pres.sg.m.23] but unique be[abs.] relationship in x underline do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
210You extract many reasons: "this is a reason, that is a reason." 211In fact, you extract many good things from the workshops.
247इसी अभ्यास वाले ही पास विद् ऑनर होंगे . isī abhyās vālē hī pass with honour hōṅgē . yah[pn.sg.hī] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] pass with honour[x] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this[.hī] practice those who only pass with honours be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 248ये लास्ट कर्मातीत अवस्था है . yē last karmātīt avasthā hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] last karmātīt[adj.] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this last karmateet stage be[pres.sg.23] .
212You extract them from the workshops, but you do not work with them.
249बिल्कुल न्यारे होकर , अधिकारी होकर कर्म में आयें , बन्धन के वश नहीं . bilkul nyārē hōkar , adhikārī hōkar karma mē̃ āyē̃ , bandhan K|kē vaśh nahī̃ . bilkul[adv.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[abs.] , adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vaśh[x] nahī̃[neg] . at all unique be[abs.] , (one) who has a right be[abs.] deed in come[opt.pl.12hon3] , bondage (K|of) control not .
213The form of body consciousness is becoming more and more subtle.
250तो चेक करो कर्म करते करते कर्म के बन्धन में तो नहीं आ जाते ? tō check karō karma kartē kartē karma K|kē bandhan mē̃ tō nahī̃ ā jātē ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō nahī̃[neg] ānā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] deed (K|of) bondage in then not come[root] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? 251बहुत न्यारा और प्यारा चाहिये . bahut nyārā aur pyārā chāhiyē . bahut nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhiē . very unique and loving should .
214Body consciousness does not come in gross forms now, but it now comes in more subtle and royal forms.
252समझा क्या अभ्यास चाहिये ? samjhā kyā abhyās chāhiyē ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyā abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) what practice should ?
215You use your intellect very well.
253मुश्किल तो नहीं लगता है ना ? muśhkil tō nahī̃ lagtā hai nā ? muśhkil[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? difficult then not x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
216BapDada is happy when you think of these good things.
254कि थोड़ा थोड़ा मुश्किल लगता है ? ki thōṛā thōṛā muśhkil lagtā hai ? ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? that short short difficult x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
217BapDada is happy.
255कर्मेन्द्रियों के मालिक हो ना ? karmēndriyō̃ K|kē mālik hō nā ? karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? physical organ (K|of) master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ? 256राजयोगी अपने को कहलाते हो , किसके राजा हो ? rājyōgī apnē kō kahlātē hō , kiskē rājā hō ? rājyōgī[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] kahlānā[pres.pl.m.2] , kaun[pn.sg.kē] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? Raja Yogi one’s own to call[pres.pl.m.2] , who[.kē] king (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ? 257अमेरिका के , अफ्रीका के ! America K|kē , aphrīkā K|kē ! America K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ! America (K|of) , Africa (K|of) !
218However, after thinking of some good things, when someone gives a little addition or correction, you then have the consciousness of "I".
258कर्मेन्द्रियों के राजा हो ना ! karmēndriyō̃ K|kē rājā hō nā ! karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! physical organ (K|of) king (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ! 259और राजा बन्धन में आ गया तो राजा रहा ? aur rājā bandhan mē̃ ā gayā tō rājā rahā ? aur rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] tō rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] ? and king bondage in come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] then king (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) ?
219You give your ideas with a lot of happiness; so accept the ideas of others with happiness also.
260सभी का टाइटल तो बहुत अच्छा है . sabhī kā title tō bahut achchhā hai . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] title tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all of title then very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
220Do not become afraid, thinking: "How will this happen?
261सब राजयोगी हैं . sab rājyōgī haĩ . sab[adj.] rājyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all Raja Yogi be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
221What have you done?
262तो राजयोगी हो या प्रजायोगी हो ? tō rājyōgī hō yā prajāyōgī hō ? tō rājyōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā prajā-yōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then Raja Yogi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or praja-yogi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
222This is not possible.
263कभी प्रजायोगी , कभी राजयोगी ? kabhī prajāyōgī , kabhī rājyōgī ? kabhī[adv.] prajā-yōgī[adj.] , kabhī[adv.] rājyōgī[adj.] ? ever praja-yogi , ever Raja Yogi ?
223This will not do."
264तो डबल विदेशी सभी पास विद् ऑनर होंगे ? tō double vidēśhī sabhī pass with honour hōṅgē ? tō double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] pass with honour[x] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then double foreigner all pass with honours be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 265बापदादा को तो बहुत खुशी होगी-यदि सब विदेशी पास विद् ऑनर हो जायें . bāpdādā kō tō bahut khuśhī hōgī-yadi sab vidēśhī pass with honour hō jāyē̃ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] tō bahut khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x sab[adj.] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] pass with honour[x] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . BapDada to then very happiness x all foreigner pass with honours be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
224Give just as much regard and respect to the advice and ideas of others as you do to your own ideas.
266थोड़ा सा मुश्किल है कि सहज है ? thōṛā sā muśhkil hai ki sahaj hai ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? short x difficult be[pres.sg.23] that easy be[pres.sg.23] ?
225To give your ideas is a different issue.
267अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 268मुश्किल शब्द आपके डिक्शनरी से निकल गया है . muśhkil śhabda āpkē dictionary sē nikal gayā hai . muśhkil[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] dictionary sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . difficult word you[.kē] x from be extracted[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 269ये ब्राह्मण जीवन भी एक डिक्शनरी है . yē brāhmaṇ jīvan bhī ēk dictionary hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] dictionary hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this Brahmin life too one x be[pres.sg.23] . 270तो ब्राह्मण जीवन के डिक्शनरी में मुश्किल शब्द है ही नहीं कि कभी कभी उड़कर आ जाता है ? tō brāhmaṇ jīvan K|kē dictionary mē̃ muśhkil śhabda hai hī nahī̃ ki kabhī kabhī uṛkar ā jātā hai ? tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dictionary mē̃[postp.] muśhkil[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] uṛnā[abs.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? then Brahmin life (K|of) x in difficult word be[pres.sg.23] only not that ever ever fly[abs.] come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
226Even if you do not like the ideas of someone else, to give your idea is a different issue, but to be affected by that and allow your stage to fluctuate is not real service.
271कितने वरदान मिलते हैं ! kitnē vardān miltē haĩ ! kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ! so blessing receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !
227Adjust yourself.
272अभी तक लिस्ट भी निकालो तो कितने वरदान मिले हैं ! abhī tak list bhī nikālō tō kitnē vardān milē haĩ ! ab[adv.hī] tak list bhī[p.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ! now until list too x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then so blessing receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] !
228Think and consider the ideas of others, just as your own.
273बहुत मिले हैं ना ! bahut milē haĩ nā ! bahut milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! very receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ ! 274रोज वरदान मिलता है . rōj vardān miltā hai . rōz vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . day blessing receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
229This is what it means to give regard to the ideas of others.
275भक्ति मार्ग में भक्त को यदि एक वरदान भी मिल जाता है तो वो क्या से क्या बन जाता है ! bhakti mārg mē̃ bhakta kō yadi ēk vardān bhī mil jātā hai tō vō kyā sē kyā ban jātā hai ! bhakti mārg[x] mē̃[postp.] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yadi ēk[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō vah[pn.;d.] kyā sē[postp.] kyā bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ! path of devotion in devotee to x one blessing too receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then that what from what become[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ! 276और आप कितने लक्की हो जो भगवान रोज वरदान देते हैं . aur āp kitnē lucky hō jō bhagvān rōj vardān dētē haĩ . aur āp[pn.pl.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lucky hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rōz vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and you so lucky (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that God day blessing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 277पालना ही वरदानों से हो रही है . pālnā hī vardānō̃ sē hō rahī hai . pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] vardān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) only blessing from be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
230You say that you thought of this or that you came up with this idea, that you did this, and so you think that importance should be given to your ideas, that others should give regard to them.
278तो वरदान याद रहता है ? tō vardān yād rahtā hai ? tō vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then blessing remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] ?
231You think about this too much.
279या सुनने के टाइम याद रहता है ? yā sunnē K|kē time yād rahtā hai ? yā sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? or listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) time remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] ? 280एक है याद रहना और दूसरा है वरदान को काम में लगाना . ēk hai yād rahnā aur dūsrā hai vardān kō kām mē̃ lagānā . ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one be[pres.sg.23] remembrance remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and other be[pres.sg.23] blessing to (task|lust) in attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .
232However, you do not knowhow to match the ideas of others with your own ideas.
281वरदान ऐसी चीज़है जो कैसी भी परिस्थिति हो लेकिन वरदान की शक्ति परिस्थिति को आग से पानी बना देती है . vardān aisī cīzahai jō kaisī bhī paristhiti hō lēkin vardān key|kī śhakti paristhiti kō āg sē pānī banā dētī hai . vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x jō[pn.;d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] āg[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . blessing such x that how too circumstances (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but blessing (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti circumstances to fire from (water|x[inf.f.]) (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) .
233You simply consider the ideas of others to be the ideas of someone else.
282इतना शीतल बना देती है . itnā śhītal banā dētī hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhītal[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . such cool (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) . 283सिर्फ यूज करने की विधि आनी चाहिये . sirph use karnē key|kī vidhi ānī chāhiyē . sirph[adj.] use karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[.oblig3] . only use do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) method come[.oblig3] . 284और दूसरी बात , समय पर काम में लगाओ . aur dūsrī bāt , samay par kām mē̃ lagāō . aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and other matter , time (at|other) (task|lust) in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
234Double foreigners are progressing very well in making plans on the field of service.
285आधा समय बीत जाये , पीछे होश में आये ! ādhā samay bīt jāyē , pīchhē hōśh mē̃ āyē ! ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bītnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , pīchhē hōśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ! half time pass[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , x x in (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) !
235And there will be progress in the future also.
286नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not . 287तो वरदान को यूज करना आता है ? tō vardān kō use karnā ātā hai ? tō vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] use karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then blessing to use do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
236However, use the speciality of adjustment.
288करते हो या सुन सुनकर खुश होते हो ? kartē hō yā sun sunkar khuśh hōtē hō ? karnā[pres.pl.m.2] yā sunnā[root] sunnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? do[pres.pl.m.2] or listen[root] listen[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.2] ?
237BapDada is happy.
289डायरी में तो बहुत वरदान भर गये हैं , बुक भी बन गया है . diary mē̃ tō bahut vardān bhar gayē haĩ , book bhī ban gayā hai . diary[x] mē̃[postp.] tō bahut vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , book bhī[p.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . diary in then very blessing fill[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , x too become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
238Whenever any child is moving forward, BapDada is happy.
290अलमारी में बुक तो रखा ही है लेकिन समय पर कार्य में लगाओ . almārī mē̃ book tō rakhā hī hai lēkin samay par kārya mē̃ lagāō . almārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] book tō rakhānā[root]|rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . cupboard in x then (x[root]|keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]) only be[pres.sg.23] but time (at|other) task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
239He does not think: Why is this one moving forward?
291और जितना कार्य में लगाते जायेंगे उतना वरदान और बढ़ता जायेगा . aur jitnā kārya mē̃ lagātē jāyēṅgē utnā vardān aur baṛhtā jāyēgā . aur jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . and the more task in attach[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] x blessing and grow[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
240Whosoever is moving forward, it is very good.
292वरदान का विशाल रूप और अनुभव में आता जायेगा . vardān kā viśhāl rūp aur anubhav mē̃ ātā jāyēgā . vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhāl[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . blessing of broad and unlimited Rup and experience in come[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . 293अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha ! 294पहले सभी को अलग अलग डायरेक्शन दिये हैं . pahlē sabhī kō alag alag direction diyē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] alag[adj.] alag[adj.] direction dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|firstly) all to separate separate direction give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 295इस सीजन के बाद विशेष सभी को भिन्नभिन्न शक्तियाँ अपने में 100 % भरनी हैं . is season kē bād viśhēṣh sabhī kō bhinnbhinn śhaktiyā̃ apnē mē̃ 100 % bharnī haĩ . yah[pn.sg.o.] season kē bād[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bhinn[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] 100 % bharnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] . this season after special all to different Shakti one’s own in 100 % fill[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] .
241BapDada has love for the double foreigners anyway, but He also has a lot of regard for whatever plans you create for service, whatever practical service you do and are doing.
296जो भी शक्ति अपना सकते हो उस एक शक्ति को लक्ष्य बनाओ कि इस वर्ष हमें विशेष इस शक्ति को स्वरूप में लाना ही है . jō bhī śhakti apnā saktē hō us ēk śhakti kō lakṣhya banāō ki is varṣh hamē̃ viśhēṣh is śhakti kō svarūp mē̃ lānā hī hai . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] apnānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] vah[pn.sg.o.] ēk[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] lakṣhya[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.kō] viśhēṣh[adj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that too Shakti adopt[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] that one Shakti to aim create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that this year we[.kō] special this Shakti to form in x[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] . 297अमेरिका कौन सी शक्ति अपनायेगा ? America kaun see|sī|C śhakti apanāyēgā ? America kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x ? America who (see|x) Shakti x ?
242BapDada has told you earlier also, that if it were not for the double foreigners, then one of the titles of the Father would not be proved in a practical way.
298शक्तियों का तो पता है ना ? śhaktiyō̃ kā tō patā hai nā ? śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? Shakti of then knowledge be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
243Which title?
299कौन सी शक्ति पसन्द है ? kaun see|sī|C śhakti pasand hai ? kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? who (see|x) Shakti love be[pres.sg.23] ?
244World Benefactor.
300 ( थ्दन ) स्नेह की शक्ति सामने रखेंगे , लक्ष्य रखेंगे ! ( thdan ) snēh key|kī śhakti sāmnē rakhē̃gē , lakṣhya rakhē̃gē ! ( x ) snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sāmnē rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! ( x ) love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti x keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , aim keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
245You are giving Baba's message in all four directions of the world.
301अच्छा , स्नेह की शक्ति से अमेरिका वाले क्या करेंगे ? achchhā , snēh key|kī śhakti sē America vālē kyā karē̃gē ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] America vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? achcha , love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti from America those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
246This season, souls have come from all four directions.
302स्नेह ऐसी शक्ति है जो अज्ञान में गाया हुआ है कि स्नेह पत्थर को भी पानी कर देता है . snēh aisī śhakti hai jō agyān mē̃ gāyā huā hai ki snēh patthar kō bhī pānī kar dētā hai . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] agyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] patthar[adj.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . love such Shakti be[pres.sg.23] that ignorance in sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that love stone to too (water|x[inf.f.]) do[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . 303तो आप क्या करेंगे ? tō āp kyā karē̃gē ? tō āp[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then you what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
247How many countries has everyone come from? 248(58). 24958 out of the five continents; so how many countries still remain?
304माया कितने भी 100 हिमालय जितना पहाड़ बनकर आये लेकिन उस पहाड़ को भी पानी बना दे . māyā kitnē bhī 100 himālay jitnā pahāṛ bankar āyē lēkin us pahāṛ kō bhī pānī banā dē . māyā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] 100 himālay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin vah[pn.sg.o.] pahāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] bannā[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] . Maya so too 100 x the more x become[abs.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) but that x to too (water|x[inf.f.]) (become[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā]) .
250There must be many small countries, but 125 main countries still remain.
305बना सकते हो कि माया बड़ी पॉवरफुल है ? banā saktē hō ki māyā baṛī powerful hai ? banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ki[conj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] powerful hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? create[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] that Maya very powerful be[pres.sg.23] ?
251So now you will have to do double the work.
306अमेरिका वाले बोलो-आप पॉवरफुल हो या माया ? America vālē bōlō-āp powerful hō yā māyā ? America vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x powerful hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā māyā[n.f.;sg.] ? America those who x powerful (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or Maya ?
252Double foreigners will have to do a lot of work.
307तो एक माया के पहाड़ को पानी बना देना और दूसरा कोई कुछ भी दे लेकिन आप रूहानी स्नेह देना . tō ēk māyā K|kē pahāṛ kō pānī banā dēnā aur dūsrā kōī kuchh bhī dē lēkin āp rūhānī snēh dēnā . tō ēk[adj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] kuchh bhī[x] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] rūhānī[adj.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then one Maya (K|of) x to (water|x[inf.f.]) (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) give[inf.m.sg.d.] and other some anything (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) but you spiritual love give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
253You have to do it in Bharat and also in the foreign lands.
308बॉडी का स्नेह नहीं देना , रूहानी स्नेह देना . body kā snēh nahī̃ dēnā , rūhānī snēh dēnā . body kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , rūhānī[adj.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x of love not give[inf.m.sg.d.] , spiritual love give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
254You have to do it in both places.
309कोई आपकी ग्लानि करे लेकिन आप स्नेह देना . kōī āpkī glāni karē lēkin āp snēh dēnā . kōī[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] glāni[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . some you[.kī] defamation do[opt.sg.23] but you love give[inf.m.sg.d.] . 310और स्नेह की शक्ति एक चुम्बक है , जैसे चुम्बक दूर को नजदीक करता है ना ! aur snēh key|kī śhakti ēk chumbak hai , jaisē chumbak dūr kō najdīk kartā hai nā ! aur snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ēk[adj.] chumbak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chumbak[n.m.;sg.,d.] dūr[adj.] kō[postp.] nazdīk karnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! and love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti one magnet be[pres.sg.23] , like magnet distant to x do[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
255BapDada has told you earlier also, that the sign of complete success in service is that no souls anywhere should complain that they did not receive the message.
311तो स्नेह की शक्ति से , जो बाप से दूर हैं उन्हों को समीप लाना और आपस में स्नेह की लेन देन करना . tō snēh key|kī śhakti sē , jō bāp sē dūr haĩ unhō̃ kō samīp lānā aur āpas mē̃ snēh key|kī lēn dēn karnā . tō snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] , jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē dūr[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur āpas mē̃[x] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] lēn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēn[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti from , that father distant from be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to close x[inf.m.sg.d.] and with each other love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x gift do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 312ऐसा कोई बोल नहीं निकले जो स्नेह का नहीं है . aisā kōī bōl nahī̃ nikalē jō snēh kā nahī̃ hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] nahī̃[neg] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such some (x|speak[root]) not (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) that love of not be[pres.sg.23] .
256If you made sure the message reached there, then, if someone heard it and did not create his fortune, that is not a complaint against you, that is a complaint for that soul.
313कोई कैसा भी हो लेकिन आपके बोल में स्नेह की शक्ति हो . kōī kaisā bhī hō lēkin āpkē bōl mē̃ snēh key|kī śhakti hō . kōī[pn.;d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] mē̃[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . some how too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but you[.kē] (x|speak[root]) in love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
257However, there should be no complaint against you.
314अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha ! 315अफ्रीकावाले कौन सी शक्ति अपनायेंगे ? aphrīkāvālē kaun see|sī|C śhakti apanāyēṅgē ? x kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x ? x who (see|x) Shakti x ? 316 ( र्झीम ) इन्हों को शान्ति की शक्ति पसन्द है क्योंकिअफ्रीका में घमसान बहुत होता है ना तो शान्ति की शक्ति पसन्द है . ( rjhīm ) inhō̃ kō śhānti key|kī śhakti pasand hai kyōṅkiaphrīkā mē̃ ghamsān bahut hōtā hai nā tō śhānti key|kī śhakti pasand hai . ( x ) yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] śhānti key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] x mē̃[postp.] ghamsān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā tō śhānti key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x ) this to peace (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti love be[pres.sg.23] x in x very be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ then peace (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti love be[pres.sg.23] .
258Since you say that you are master world benefactors, the message should reach all four directions of the world. 259Should this happen or not? 260The message should reach the world.
317तो शान्ति की शक्ति की निशानी है-जहाँ शान्ति होगी , वहाँ सदा सन्तुष्ट होंगे . tō śhānti key|kī śhakti key|kī niśhānī hai-jahā̃ śhānti hōgī , vahā̃ sadā santuṣhṭ hōṅgē . tō śhānti key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x śhānti hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , vahā̃ sadā santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then peace (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign x peace be[fut.f.sg.23] , there constantly content be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
261It should reach Bharat and also the foreign lands; it should reach both places.
318क्योंकि अशान्त करती है असन्तुष्टता . kyōṅki aśhānt kartī hai asantuṣhṭatā . kyōṅki aśhānt[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] asantuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] . because peaceless do[pres.sg.f.23] discontentment . 319जहाँ सन्तुष्टता होगी वहाँ शान्ति होगी और जहाँ शान्ति होगी वहाँ सन्तुष्टता होगी . jahā̃ santuṣhṭatā hōgī vahā̃ śhānti hōgī aur jahā̃ śhānti hōgī vahā̃ santuṣhṭatā hōgī . jahā̃ santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] vahā̃ śhānti hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] aur jahā̃ śhānti hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] vahā̃ santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . where there contentment be[fut.f.sg.23] there peace be[fut.f.sg.23] and where there peace be[fut.f.sg.23] there contentment be[fut.f.sg.23] .
262When you hoist your flag of victory on one side, but on the other side, a soul comes and complains, would you like that?
320और शान्ति की शक्ति वाला सदा ही खुश मिजाज होगा . aur śhānti key|kī śhakti vālā sadā hī khuśh mijāj hōgā . aur śhānti key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sadā hī[p.] khuśh[adj.] mijāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . and peace (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti those who constantly only happy x be[fut.m.sg.23] . 321जितनी शान्ति उतनी खुशी उसके चेहरे से , चलन से अनुभव होगी . jitnī śhānti utnī khuśhī uskē chēhrē sē , chalan sē anubhav hōgī . jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhānti utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] , chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . the more peace x happiness of that[.kē] face from , behaviour from experience be[fut.f.sg.23] .
263Would you like it if on one side, you are hoisting a flag and on the other side, a soul is complaining?
322तो शान्ति की शक्ति की निशानी दिखाना . tō śhānti key|kī śhakti key|kī niśhānī dikhānā . tō śhānti key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then peace (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
264You would not like that, would you?
323सदैव सबका चेहराहर्षित हो . sadaiv sabkā cēharāharṣit hō . sadā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . constantly everyone's x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
265The double foreigners have good courage.
324कैसी भी परिस्थिति हो लेकिन खुशी को नहीं छोड़े . kaisī bhī paristhiti hō lēkin khuśhī kō nahī̃ chhōṛē . kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chhōṛnā[opt.sg.23] . how too circumstances (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but happiness to not (renounce[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|renounce[opt.sg.23]) . 325अपनी प्रापर्टीहै ना . apnī prāparṭīhai nā . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] x nā . one’s own x ∅ .
266You have love for the Father anyway, but you also have deep love for service.
326तो प्रापर्टीको कोई छोड़ता है क्या ? tō prāparṭīkō kōī chhōṛtā hai kyā ? tō x kōī[pn.;d.] chhōṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyā ? then x some renounce[pres.sg.m.23] what ?
267The certificate of love for both is very good.
327तो शान्ति की शक्ति की निशानी है-सदा खुश रहना और खुशी बांटना . tō śhānti key|kī śhakti key|kī niśhānī hai-sadā khuśh rahnā aur khuśhī bāṇṭnā . tō śhānti key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then peace (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign x happy remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and happiness distribute[inf.m.sg.d.] .
268What certificate do you have to claim now?
328शान्ति की शक्ति से सहज मंसा सेवा कर सकते हैं . śhānti key|kī śhakti sē sahaj mansā sēvā kar saktē haĩ . śhānti key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sahaj[adj.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . peace (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti from easy through the mind service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . 329जितना शान्त रहते हैं उतनी मंसा सेवा बड़ी शक्तिशाली होगी . jitnā śhānt rahtē haĩ utnī mansā sēvā baṛī śhaktiśhālī hōgī . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhānt[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . the more silent remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x through the mind service very powerful be[fut.f.sg.23] .
269You have already claimed the certificate for love which other certificate do you now have to claim?
330तो अफ्रीका वाले ऐसे शान्ति के शक्ति का स्वरूप बन इस वर्ष का इनाम लेना . tō aphrīkā vālē aisē śhānti K|kē śhakti kā svarūp ban is varṣh kā inām lēnā . tō aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhānti K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] inām[x] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then Africa those who such peace (K|of) Shakti of form (x|become[root]) this year of prize take[inf.m.sg.d.] . 331सभी इनाम लेंगे ना ! sabhī inām lē̃gē nā ! sab[adv.hī] inām[x] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! all prize take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
270To the extent that you are a server, to that extent you have to be one who has adopted that much power.
332अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha ! 333रिजल्ट आतोरहेगी . result ātōrahēgī . result x . result x . 334हरेक सेन्टर के हर स्टूडेन्ट की रिजल्ट आती रहेगी . harēk centre K|kē her|har student key|kī result ātī rahēgī . har ēk centre K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] her|harnā[root]|har student key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result ānā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . each one centre (K|of) (x|x[root]) student (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result come[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
271So you have become the embodiment of power; you now have to claim this certificate.
335फिर जो नम्बर आगे लेगा , तीन नम्बर को इनाम देंगे . phir jō number āgē lēgā , tīn number kō inām dēgē . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] jō[pn.;d.] number āgē lēnā[fut.m.sg.23] , tīn[adj.] number kō[postp.] inām[x] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (then|turn[root]) that number previously take[fut.m.sg.23] , x number to prize give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
272You have passed in the subject of love.
336बाकी सेकण्ड नम्बर देंगे . bākī second number dēgē . bākī|bākī second number[x] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (but|others) x give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
273Have any of you failed in your love?
337तो शान्त रहना है , हलचल में नहीं आना . tō śhānt rahnā hai , halchal mē̃ nahī̃ ānā . tō śhānt[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|ānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then silent remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , upheaval in not (x|come[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
274There isn't anyone, is there?
338कुछ भी हो जाये , शान्त . kuchh bhī hō jāyē , śhānt . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , śhānt[adj.] . anything be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , silent . 339तो आपकी शान्ति हलचल वालों को भी शान्त कर सकती है . tō āpkī śhānti halchal vālō̃ kō bhī śhānt kar saktī hai . tō āp[pn.pl.kī] śhānti halchal[x] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] śhānt[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . then you[.kī] peace upheaval those who to too silent do[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] .
275BapDada has seen that the majority of you have passed in both love for the Father and for service.
340ऐसे पॉवरफुल वायब्रेशन फैलाना . aisē powerful vibration phailānā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] powerful vibration phailānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such powerful vibrations spread[inf.m.sg.d.] .
276The majority have passed in both.
341यह सेवा वाणी से नहीं हो सकती लेकिन मंसा से हो सकती है . yah sēvā vāṇī sē nahī̃ hō saktī lēkin mansā sē hō saktī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.f.] lēkin mansā sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . this service words from not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.f.] but through the mind from be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . 342अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
277Those who have come for the first time this season, raise your hands.
343ऑस्ट्रेलिया वाले कौन सी शक्ति अपनायेंगे ? ôsṭrēliyā vālē kaun see|sī|C śhakti apanāyēṅgē ? x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x ? x those who who (see|x) Shakti x ?
278How many are there in total?
344 ( सहयोग ) ये तो बहुत अच्छी बात सुनाई . ( sahyōg ) yē tō bahut achchhī bāt sunāī . ( sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) yah[pn.pl.d.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[past-part.f.] . ( cooperation ) this then very achcha matter speak[past-part.f.] .
279600 have come for the first time.
345ऑस्ट्रेलिया को सेवा में सहयोगी बनना ही चाहिये . ôsṭrēliyā kō sēvā mē̃ sahyōgī bannā hī chāhiyē . x kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] chāhiē . x to service in co-operative become[inf.m.sg.d.] only should .
280Look, all of you are very lucky. 281Why are you lucky?
346क्योंकि सहयोग से असम्भव बात भी सम्भव हो जाती है . kyōṅki sahyōg sē asambhav bāt bhī sambhav hō jātī hai . kyōṅki sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] asambhav[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] sambhav[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . because cooperation from impossible matter too x be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
282You have got a very good margin for service.
347कठिन बात सहज हो जाती है . kaṭhin bāt sahaj hō jātī hai . kaṭhin[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . difficult matter easy be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . 348और सहयोग की शक्ति से एक दो में हिम्मत , उमंग , उल्लास बहुत बढ़ा सकते हो . aur sahyōg key|kī śhakti sē ēk dō mē̃ himmat , umaṅg , ullās bahut baṛhā saktē hō . aur sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] mē̃[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] , umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] , ullās[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . and cooperation (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti from one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) in courage , zeal , enthusiasm very increase[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . 349सहयोग की शक्ति ऑस्ट्रेलिया के कोई भी सेन्टर की ब्राह्मण आत्मा को कमज़ोर करने नहीं देगी . sahyōg key|kī śhakti ôsṭrēliyā K|kē kōī bhī centre key|kī brāhmaṇ ātmā kō kamzōr karnē nahī̃ dēgī . sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī bhī[x] centre key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kamjōr[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[fut.f.sg.23] . cooperation (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti x (K|of) anyone centre (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Brahmin soul to weak do[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[fut.f.sg.23] .
283At present, there are about 100 countries that need to be served, and there are 600 of you, and so if two or three together went and served one country, then it would be completed.
350सहयोग की शक्ति एक सेफ्टी का किला है . sahyōg key|kī śhakti ēk safety kā kilā hai . sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ēk[adj.] safety kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . cooperation (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti one safety of fortress be[pres.sg.23] .
284The invitation for service is ready for you in advance.
351किला कैसे बनता है ? kilā kaisē bantā hai ? kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] ? fortress how become[pres.sg.m.23] ?
285It is very good.
352ईटों के सहयोग से किला बनता है , सेफ्टी का साधन बनता है . īṭō̃ K|kē sahyōg sē kilā bantā hai , safety kā sādhan bantā hai . īṇṭ[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] , safety kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] . brick (K|of) cooperation from fortress become[pres.sg.m.23] , safety of facilities become[pres.sg.m.23] .
286You have progressed very well.
353तो सहयोग की शक्ति से मजबूत किला भी बनायेंगे और असम्भव बात सम्भव करके दिखायेंगे . tō sahyōg key|kī śhakti sē majbūt kilā bhī banāyēṅgē aur asambhav bāt sambhav karkē dikhāyēṅgē . tō sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] majbūt[adj.] kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur asambhav[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sambhav[adj.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then cooperation (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti from x fortress too create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and impossible matter x do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
287If 600 new ones have come this season, it is because service has taken place, and this is why they have come.
354जो सहयोगी होते हैं , सहयोग देते हैं उसको सहयोग मिलता भी बहुत है . jō sahyōgī hōtē haĩ , sahyōg dētē haĩ uskō sahyōg miltā bhī bahut hai . jō[pn.;d.] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kō] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that co-operative be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , cooperation give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] cooperation receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too very be[pres.sg.23] .
288So how much congratulations should you be given? 289Multimillionfold congratulations.
355इच्छा न होते हुए भी चारों ओर से सहयोग देने वाले को सहयोग मिलता है . ichchhā na hōtē huē bhī chārō̃ ōr sē sahyōg dēnē vālē kō sahyōg miltā hai . ichchhā[n.f.;sg.] na[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] chārō̃ ōr[x] sē[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . desire not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too everywhere from cooperation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to cooperation receive[pres.sg.m.23] . 356करके देखना . karkē dēkhnā . karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . do[abs.] see[inf.m.sg.d.] .
290(BapDada made them do the drill.)Are you able to apply a dot in one second?
357अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 358एशिया वाले क्या करेंगे ? ēśhiyā vālē kyā karē̃gē ? ēśhiyā vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? Asia those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 359कौन सी शक्ति अपनायेंगे ? kaun see|sī|C śhakti apanāyēṅgē ? kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x ? who (see|x) Shakti x ? 360 ( एडजस्टमेन्ट ) बहुत बढ़िया बात बताई . ( ēḍajasṭamēnṭa ) bahut baṛhiyā bāt batāī . ( x ) bahut baṛhiyā[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] batānā[past-part.f.] . ( x ) very x matter tell[past-part.f.] .
291To come into action in one moment, and the next second, to be detached from performing actions?
361एडजस्टमेन्ट की शक्ति को अपनाया तो बहुत सहज सम्पूर्ण बन जायेंगे . ēḍajasṭamēnṭa key|kī śhakti kō apnāyā tō bahut sahaj sampūrṇ ban jāyēṅgē . x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] apnānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō bahut sahaj[adj.] sampūrṇ[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti to adopt[past-part.m.sg.d.] then very easy complete become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
292Are you able to be detached from the relationship of karma?
362क्योंकि माया का दरवाजा ही है-चाहे अपने में एडजस्ट नहीं होते , चाहे सेवा में , चाहे सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क में . kyōṅki māyā kā darvājā hī hai-cāhē apnē mē̃ ēḍajasṭa nahī̃ hōtē , chāhē sēvā mē̃ , chāhē sambandh samparka mē̃ . kyōṅki māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] x apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] x nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . because Maya of door only x one’s own in x not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) service in , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) relationship x in . 363एडजस्ट होने की कला को लक्ष्य बना दिया तो सबसे पहला नम्बर सम्पूर्ण एशिया वाले बनेंगे . ēḍajasṭa hōnē key|kī kalā kō lakṣhya banā diyā tō sabsē pahlā number sampūrṇ ēśhiyā vālē banē̃gē . x hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] lakṣhya[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] tō sabsē pahlā number[x] sampūrṇ[adj.] ēśhiyā vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) degree to aim (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) then the most x complete Asia those who become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 364यह शक्ति इतनी पावरफुल है . yah śhakti itnī powerful hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] powerful hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this Shakti such powerful be[pres.sg.23] . 365क्योंकि जिसमें एडजस्ट होने की शक्ति होगी उसमें सहनशक्ति , अन्तर्मुखता सब उसके बाल बच्चे बन जायेंगे . kyōṅki jismē̃ ēḍajasṭa hōnē key|kī śhakti hōgī usmē̃ sahanśhakti , antarmukhtā sab uskē bāl bachchē ban jāyēṅgē . kyōṅki jō[pn.sg.mē̃] x hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , antarmukhtā[n.f.;sg.] sab[adj.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] bāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . because that[.mē̃] x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti be[fut.f.sg.23] that[.mē̃] x , x all of that[.kē] x child become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
293Do you know how to do this exercise? 294If you are very busy in performing any action, if the mind and intellect are engaged in the relationship of karma, not in the bondage of karma, but in the relationship of karma, and you receive a direction to apply a full stop, are you able to apply the full stop or do you continue to have thoughts of that karma?
366तो एशिया वालों ने मदर को चुन लिया है . tō ēśhiyā vālō̃ nē mother kō chun liyā hai . tō ēśhiyā vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] mother kō[postp.] chunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . then Asia those who ∅ mother to choose[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . 367सब आ जायेंगे . sab ā jāyēṅgē . sab[adj.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . all come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
295"I have to do this, I must not do this, this one is like this, that one is like that."
368लेकिन इस लक्ष्य को प्रैक्टिकल में लाने के लिये एक बात सदा याद रखना कि पहले अपनी एडजस्टमेन्ट देखना , दूसरे की नहीं . lēkin is lakṣhya kō practical mē̃ lānē K|kē liyē ēk bāt sadā yād rakhnā ki pahlē apnī ēḍajasṭamēnṭa dēkhnā , dūsrē key|kī nahī̃ . lēkin yah[pn.sg.o.] lakṣhya[adj.] kō[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sadā yād rakhnā[x] ki[conj.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] x dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] . but this aim to practical in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] one matter constantly remember that (x|firstly) one’s own x see[inf.m.sg.d.] , other (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) not . 369मुझे पहले एडजस्ट होना है . mujhē pahlē ēḍajasṭa hōnā hai . maĩ[pn.sg.kō] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . I[.kō] (x|firstly) x be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
296Even for one second, you have to practise this; and continue to increase this practice because the final certificate will be based on being able to apply a full stop in one second.
370सेवा में पहले आप होना चाहिये , दूसरों को साथी बनाओ , सहयोगी बनाओ , आगे बढ़ाओ , हिम्मत बढ़ाओ . sēvā mē̃ pahlē āp hōnā chāhiyē , dūsrō̃ kō sāthī banāō , sahyōgī banāō , āgē baṛhāō , himmat baṛhāō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[.oblig3] , dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sahyōgī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āgē baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . service in (x|firstly) you be[.oblig3] , other to companion create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , co-operative create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , previously increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , courage increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
297In one second, you should be able to merge the expansion and become the embodiment of the essence.
371लेकिन एडजस्ट पहले मेरे को होना है , दूसरे आप ही हो जायेंगे . lēkin ēḍajasṭa pahlē mērē kō hōnā hai , dūsrē āp hī hō jāyēṅgē . lēkin x pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . but x (x|firstly) I[.kē] to be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , other you only be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
298You can practise this whenever you get a chance, and you can continue with it.
372अगर दूसरे को देखा तो स्वयं भी नहीं होंगे , दूसरा भी नहीं होगा . agar dūsrē kō dēkhā tō svayã bhī nahī̃ hōṅgē , dūsrā bhī nahī̃ hōgā . agar dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō svayã bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . if other to see[past-part.m.sg.d.] then x too not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , other too not be[fut.m.sg.23] . 373जो ओटे सो अर्जुन , मैं अर्जुन हूँ . jō ōṭē sō arjun , maĩ arjun hū̃ . jō ōṭē sō arjun[x] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] arjun hōnā[pres.sg.1] . x , I Arjuna be[pres.sg.1] .
299It should not be that you think that you will be able to apply a full stop when you sit down for yoga.
374दूसरा अर्जुन बने तो मैं भी अर्जुन बनूँ ! dūsrā arjun banē tō maĩ bhī arjun banū̃ ! dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arjun bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] arjun bannā[opt.sg.1] ! other Arjuna (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) then I too Arjuna become[opt.sg.1] !
300You should be able to apply a full stop when there is upheaval.
375नहीं , जो ओटे सो अर्जुन . nahī̃ , jō ōṭē sō arjun . nahī̃[neg] , jō ōṭē sō arjun[x] . not , x .
301Do you have such a powerful brake?
376वैसे भी एशिया में भिन्नभिन्नवैरायटी होने के कारण सेवा में भी प्लैन एडजस्ट करने पड़ते हैं . vaisē bhī ēśhiyā mē̃ bhinnabhinnavairāyaṭī hōnē K|kē kāraṇ sēvā mē̃ bhī plan ēḍajasṭa karnē paṛtē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ēśhiyā mē̃[postp.] x hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] plan x karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] . x too Asia in x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) because service in too plan x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] .
302Or will you apply the brake somewhere and you will come to a stop somewhere else?
377वेरायटी धर्म वाले भी एशिया में आते हैं . variety dharm vālē bhī ēśhiyā mē̃ ātē haĩ . variety dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ēśhiyā mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . variety religion those who too Asia in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
303Only those who practise this will pass with honour.
378चाइना , जापान सब आता है ना . China , jāpān sab ātā hai nā . China , jāpān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . China , x all come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
304Otherwise, you will be able to pass, but not with honour.
379तो बौद्ध धर्म वाले , चाइनीज सबको एडजस्ट करना पड़ता है ना . tō bauddh dharm vālē , cāinīj sabkō ēḍajasṭa karnā paṛtā hai nā . tō bauddh[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , x sabkō x karnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] nā . then Buddhist religion those who , x everything x do[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] ∅ .
305You should be able to apply a full stop at the right time.
380उन्हों की मत न्यारी . unhō̃ key|kī mat nyārī . vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mat[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mat[adv.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (directions|do not) unique . 381क्रिश्चियन्स फिर भी उन्हों से नजदीक हैं , गॉड फादर को तो मानते हैं . christians phir bhī unhō̃ sē najdīk haĩ , god father kō tō māntē haĩ . Christian phir bhī[x] vah[pn.pl.o.] sē[postp.] nazdīk hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , God Father[x] kō[postp.] tō mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Christian nevertheless that from x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x to then x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
306There is no benefit in applying a full stop after the time for it has gone by. 307It should happen the moment you think about it.
382तो बहुत अच्छा लक्ष्य रखा है इससे स्वयं में भी एडजस्ट हो जायेंगे , सेवा में भी एडजस्ट हो जायेंगे और दूसरों से भी हो जायेंगे . tō bahut achchhā lakṣhya rakhā hai issē svayã mē̃ bhī ēḍajasṭa hō jāyēṅgē , sēvā mē̃ bhī ēḍajasṭa hō jāyēṅgē aur dūsrō̃ sē bhī hō jāyēṅgē . tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yah[pn.sg.sē] svayã mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] x hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] x hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . then very achcha aim keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] this[.sē] x in too x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , service in too x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] and other from too be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
308Do not continue to think: I am a soul, I have to apply a full stop and not think about anything else. 309It takes time to even think this much.
383तो इनएडवांस मुबारक हो . tō in advance mubārak hō . tō in advance mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then in advance congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
310I am not a body, but a soul.
384अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
311I am a soul.
385यूरोप क्या करेगा ? Europe kyā karēgā ? Europe kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? x what do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
312This is not a full stop of one second.
386यूरोप में यू . के . भी आ गया . Europe mē̃ U|you . K|kē . bhī ā gayā . Europe mē̃[postp.] U|you . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . bhī[p.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . x in (U.|x) . (K|of) . too come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
313You have to practise this by yourself.
387यूरोप कौन सी शक्ति को अपनायेगा ? Europe kaun see|sī|C śhakti kō apanāyēgā ? Europe kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] x ? x who (see|x) Shakti to x ?
314There is no need for anyone to make you do it.
388 ( युनिटी ) तो यूरोप सभी खण्डों को मिलाकर एक खण्ड बना देगा , ऐसे करेगा ! ( unity ) tō Europe sabhī khaṇḍō̃ kō milākar ēk khaṇḍ banā dēgā , aisē karēgā ! ( unity ) tō Europe sab[adv.hī] khaṇḍ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] milānā[abs.] ēk[adj.] khaṇḍ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+dēnā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! ( unity ) then x all land to x[abs.] one land (become[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[fut.m.sg.23.root+dēnā]) , such do[fut.m.sg.23] !
315Everyone knows the method. 316Whether you are new or old, each of you knows the method.
389क्योंकि भविष्य में तो ये अलग अलग खण्ड होने ही नहीं हैं . kyōṅki bhaviṣhya mē̃ tō yē alag alag khaṇḍ hōnē hī nahī̃ haĩ . kyōṅki bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] tō yah[pn.pl.d.] alag[adj.] alag[adj.] khaṇḍ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because future in then this separate separate land be[inf.m.pl.,o.] only not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
317You need to practise this over a long period of time.
390एक ही होगा . ēk hī hōgā . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . one only be[fut.m.sg.23] . 391तो यूरोप वाले युनिटी से भिन्नता को खत्म करके विश्व में भी एक धर्म , एक राज्य , एक खण्ड बनाने का इतना बड़ा कार्य करेंगे ! tō Europe vālē unity sē bhinnatā kō khatm karkē viśhva mē̃ bhī ēk dharm , ēk rājya , ēk khaṇḍ banānē kā itnā baṛā kārya karē̃gē ! tō Europe vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] unity sē[postp.] bhinnatā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[abs.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ēk[adj.] khaṇḍ[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! then x those who unity from differences to finished do[abs.] world in too one religion , one kingdom , one land create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of such very task do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
318Do not think that you will be able to apply a full stop at that time. 319No, you need to practise this in advance.
392वैसे तो यूरोप में युनिटी का स्तम्भ तो है ही . vaisē tō Europe mē̃ unity kā stambh tō hai hī . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō Europe mē̃[postp.] unity kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] stambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . x then x in unity of Tower then be[pres.sg.23] only .
320Do not think that you will do it according to the time.
393पहले से ही स्तम्भ है . pahlē sē hī stambh hai . pahlē sē[x] hī[p.] stambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . beforehand only Tower be[pres.sg.23] . 394कौन है स्तम्भ ? kaun hai stambh ? kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] stambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? who be[pres.sg.23] Tower ?
321No; you will not be able to do that.
395 ( दादी ) आप नहीं . ( dādī ) āp nahī̃ . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . ( Dadi ) you not . 396 ( दादी तो सबकी है ) लेकिन फाउण्डेशन यू . के . में डाला है . ( dādī tō sabkī hai ) lēkin foundation U|you . K|kē . mē̃ ḍālā hai . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) lēkin foundation U|you . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . mē̃[postp.] ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . ( Dadi then everyone's be[pres.sg.23] ) but foundation (U.|x) . (K|of) . in create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
322Practising this over a long period of time will be useful, because it has a connection.
397जो स्तम्भ होता है वो चारों ओर के लिये होता है , उसी स्थान के लिये नहीं होता . jō stambh hōtā hai vō chārō̃ ōr K|kē liyē hōtā hai , usī sthān K|kē liyē nahī̃ hōtā . jō[pn.;d.] stambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.hī] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . that Tower be[pres.sg.m.23] that everywhere (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres.sg.m.23] , that[.hī] place (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
323Practising this for a long period of time here will enable you to claim the fortune of a kingdom for a long period of time.
398तो चारों तरफ चाहे अमेरिका है , चाहेअफ्रीका है … लेकिन एक है-यही विशेषता है . tō chārō̃ taraph chāhē America hai , cāhēaphrīkā hai … lēkin ēk hai-yahī viśhēṣhtā hai . tō chārō̃ taraph[x] chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] America hōnā[pres.sg.23] , x hōnā[pres.sg.23] … lēkin ēk[adj.] x viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then everywhere (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) America be[pres.sg.23] , x be[pres.sg.23] … but one x speciality be[pres.sg.23] .
324If your practise is of a short time, then the attainment will be over a short period also; one age after another age.
399ऐसे नहीं कि अफ्रीकाको क्या करना , वो जाने , नहीं . aisē nahī̃ ki aphrīkākō kyā karnā , vō jānē , nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] x kyā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.;d.] jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] . it isn't that that x what do[inf.m.sg.d.] , that (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) , not . 400इसको कहा जाता है युनिटी का स्तम्भ . iskō kahā jātā hai unity kā stambh . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] unity kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] stambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) unity of Tower .
325So continue to practise this throughout the day, whenever you get a chance.
401तो एक दादी नहीं , सारा यूरोप युनिटी का स्तम्भ है . tō ēk dādī nahī̃ , sārā Europe unity kā stambh hai . tō ēk[adj.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] Europe unity kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] stambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then one Dadi not , the whole x unity of Tower be[pres.sg.23] .
326Nothing will be spoilt in one second.
402ये तो एक एक एक्जैम्पुल हैं . yē tō ēk ēk example haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] tō ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] example hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this then one one example be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
327Continue with your work after that.
403लेकिन एक्जैम्पुल को देखकर सिर्फ खुश होना होता है या बनना होता है ? lēkin example kō dēkhkar sirph khuśh hōnā hōtā hai yā bannā hōtā hai ? lēkin example kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] sirph[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] yā bannā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] ? but example to see[abs.] only happy be[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] or become[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] ?
328However, check whether you are able to apply a full stop at the time of any upheaval.
404दादी को देखकर बहुत अच्छी , बहुत अच्छी कहकर खुश होते हो या स्वयं भी बनते हो ? dādī kō dēkhkar bahut achchhī , bahut achchhī kahkar khuśh hōtē hō yā svayã bhī bantē hō ? dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kahnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] yā svayã bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] ? Dadi to see[abs.] very achcha , very achcha say[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.2] or x too become[pres.pl.m.2] ? 405क्या करते हो ? kyā kartē hō ? kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? what do[pres.pl.m.2] ? 406लण्डन की टीचर्स बताओ . london key|kī teachers batāō . London key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] teacher batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) teacher tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
329Whilst performing actions, there is a difference whether you are performing actions in relationship with or in bondage of karma.
407सिर्फ देखकर खुश होते हो या बनते भी हो . sirph dēkhkar khuśh hōtē hō yā bantē bhī hō . sirph[adj.] dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] yā bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . only see[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.2] or become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 408युनिटी का अर्थ ही है बेहद की वृत्ति , बेहद की दृष्टि , तभी युनिटी होती है . unity kā arth|earth hī hai bēhad key|kī vr̥itti , bēhad key|kī dr̥iṣhṭi , tabhī unity hōtī hai . unity kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bēhad[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , bēhad[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] , tabhī unity hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . unity of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] unlimited (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attitude , unlimited (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) drishti , x unity be[pres.sg.f.23] .
330If you come into the bondage of karma, the karma will pull you and will not allow you to apply a full stop.
409अगर बेहद की दृष्टि और वृत्ति नहीं तो युनिटी नहीं हो सकती . agar bēhad key|kī dr̥iṣhṭi aur vr̥itti nahī̃ tō unity nahī̃ hō saktī . agar bēhad[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] aur vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃ tō[x] unity nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.f.] . if unlimited (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) drishti and attitude otherwise unity not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.f.] . 410तो यू . के . और यूरोप बेहद की दृष्टि वाले हैं ना ! tō U|you . K|kē . aur Europe bēhad key|kī dr̥iṣhṭi vālē haĩ nā ! tō U|you . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . aur Europe bēhad[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! then (U.|x) . (K|of) . and x unlimited (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) drishti those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
331But if you are loving and detached and in relationship with the karma, then, because you do not have any bondage, you will be able to apply a full stop in one second.
411बहुत आये हैं . bahut āyē haĩ . bahut ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . very come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
332Bondage pulls you.
412इतने सब बेहद की वृत्ति , दृष्टि वाले बन जायेंगे तो अपना राज्य आया कि आया . itnē sab bēhad key|kī vr̥itti , dr̥iṣhṭi vālē ban jāyēṅgē tō apnā rājya āyā ki āyā . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adj.] bēhad[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . such all unlimited (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attitude , drishti those who become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom come[past-part.m.sg.d.] that come[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
333Relationship also pulls you, but come into relationship whilst being detached; this has to be underlined.
413क्योंकि वृत्ति से वायुमण्डल बनेगा और वायुम ण्डल बनेगा तो प्रैक्टिकल में भी होगा . kyōṅki vr̥itti sē vāyumaṇḍal banēgā aur vāyum ṇḍal banēgā tō practical mē̃ bhī hōgā . kyōṅki vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] aur x x bannā[fut.m.sg.23] tō practical mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . because attitude from atmosphere become[fut.m.sg.23] and x x become[fut.m.sg.23] then practical in too be[fut.m.sg.23] . 414यूरोप वालों ने युनिटी को पसन्द किया है , बहुत बड़ी जिम्मेदारी है . Europe vālō̃ nē unity kō pasand kiyā hai , bahut baṛī jimmēdārī hai . Europe vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] unity kō[postp.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x those who ∅ unity to love do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , very very x be[pres.sg.23] .
334This is the last, karmateet stage. 335You should come into action whilst being completely detached, as one who has all rights, not under the influence of any bondage.
415तो यह जिम्मेदारी उठाने के लिये तैयार हो ? tō yah jimmēdārī uṭhānē K|kē liyē taiyār hō ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] x uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then this x uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ? 416है ? hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? be[pres.sg.23] ?
336So check that you do not come into the bondage of karma whilst performing actions.
417हाँ या ना बोलो . hā̃ yā nā bōlō . hā̃ yā nā bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes or ∅ speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 418हाँ जी ठीक बोला . hā̃ jī ṭhīk bōlā . hā̃ jī[x] ṭhīk[adj.] bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . yes OK speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
337You need to be very loving and detached.
419बाप इंग्लिश बोले तो भी आप हाँ जी बोलो . bāp iṅgliś bōlē tō bhī āp hā̃ jī bōlō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] x bōlnā[opt.sg.23]|bōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō bhī[x] āp[pn.pl.] hā̃ jī[x] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . father x (speak[opt.sg.23]|speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ∅ you yes speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
338Do you understand what you need to practise?
420हाँ जी अच्छा लगता है . hā̃ jī achchhā lagtā hai . hā̃ jī[x] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . yes enjoy .
339You do not find this difficult, do you?
421बहुत अच्छी बात उठाई . bahut achchhī bāt uṭhāī . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] uṭhānā[past-part.f.] . very achcha matter uplift[past-part.f.] .
340Or, is it a little difficult?
422फिर तो फॉरेन में पहले स्वर्ग आयेगा या भारत में आयेगा ? phir tō foreign mē̃ pahlē svarg āyēgā yā bhārat mē̃ āyēgā ? phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] tō foreign mē̃[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] yā bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? (then|turn[root]) then abroad in (x|firstly) heaven come[fut.m.sg.23] or Bharat in come[fut.m.sg.23] ? 423कहाँ आयेगा ? kahā̃ āyēgā ? kahā̃ ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? where come[fut.m.sg.23] ?
341You are the masters, are you not? 342Are you the masters of the physical senses?
424अच्छी हिम्मत रखी है . achchhī himmat rakhī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . achcha courage keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
343You call yourselves Raja Yogis.
425हिम्मत बच्चों की और मदद बाप की है ही है . himmat bachchō̃ key|kī aur madad bāp kī hai hī hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] aur madad[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . courage child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) and x father do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .
344So what are you the kings of?
426ये वरदान है . yē vardān hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
345Of America?
427समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
346Of Africa?
428करते भी हैं , लक्षण हैं भी , लक्ष्य है भी , सिर्फ उसको अण्डरलाइन करना . kartē bhī haĩ , lakṣhaṇ haĩ bhī , lakṣhya hai bhī , sirph uskō underline karnā . karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bhī[p.] , lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhī[p.] , sirph[adj.] vah[pn.sg.kō] underline karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , qualification be[pres.pl.12hon3] too , aim be[pres.sg.23] too , only that[.kō] underline do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
347You are the kings of the physical organs, are you not?
429अच्छा , रशिया वाले हाथ उठाओ . achchhā , Russia vālē hāth uṭhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , Russia vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha , x those who raise your hands .
348Is a king who is in bondage a king?
430देखो रशिया वालों को देखकर सब खुश होते हैं क्यों खुश होते हैं ? dēkhō Russia vālō̃ kō dēkhkar sab khuśh hōtē haĩ kyō̃ khuśh hōtē haĩ ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Russia vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyō̃ khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x those who to see[abs.] all happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] why happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
349You give yourself a very good title.
431क्योंकि बहुत प्यासे थे . kyōṅki bahut pyāsē thē . kyōṅki bahut pyāsā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past.pl] . because very x be[past.pl] . 432प्यासे को अगर अमृत मिल जाये तो कितने खुश हो जाते हैं . pyāsē kō agar amr̥it mil jāyē tō kitnē khuśh hō jātē haĩ . pyāsā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] agar amr̥it[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . x to if nectar receive[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then so happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
350If any of you are asked who you are, you would say Raja Yogis.
433तो उनकी खुशी आपको भी खुश करती है . tō unkī khuśhī āpkō bhī khuśh kartī hai . tō vah[pn.pl.kī] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then that[.kī] happiness you[.kō] too happy do[pres.sg.f.23] .
351So, are you Raja Yogis or praja (subject) yogis?
434जब भी रशिया का नाम आता है तो तालियाँ जरूर बजाते हैं . jab bhī Russia kā nām ātā hai tō tāliyā̃ jarūr bajātē haĩ . jab bhī[p.] Russia kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] zarūr bajānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . when too x of name come[pres.sg.m.23] then clapping definitely play[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
352Or are you sometimes a Raja Yogi and sometimes a praja yogi?
435तो रशिया वाले इतने सिकीलधे हो-समझा ! tō Russia vālē itnē sikīladhē hō-samajhā ! tō Russia vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sikīladhē[x] x ! then x those who such beloved, long-lost and now-found x !
353You are a Raja Yogi soul.
436सबका प्यार है कि ये पूरा ही एक था अब अनेकता में आ गया लेकिन अब फिर से एक राज्य में , सतयुगी राज्य के अधिकारी बनेंगे . sabkā pyār hai ki yē pūrā hī ēk thā ab anēktā mē̃ ā gayā lēkin ab phir sē ēk rājya mē̃ , satyugī rājya K|kē adhikārī banē̃gē . sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[past.m.sg] ab[adv.] anēktā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] lēkin ab[adv.] phir sē[x] ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , satyugī[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . everyone's love be[pres.sg.23] that this full only one be[past.m.sg] now x in come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] but now again one kingdom in , golden-aged kingdom (K|of) (one) who has a right become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
354Will all double foreigners pass with honour? 355BapDada will be very happy that all foreigners pass with honour and that not a single one is left out.
437तो रशिया वाले कौन सा लक्ष्य बनायेंगे , कौन सी शक्ति लायेंगे ? tō Russia vālē kaun sā lakṣhya banāyēṅgē , kaun see|sī|C śhakti lāyēṅgē ? tō Russia vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then x those who who x aim create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , who (see|x) Shakti x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
356Or is this a little difficult?
438 ( सहन शक्ति ) आपकी टीचर कह रही है सहनशक्ति . ( sahan śhakti ) āpkī teacher kah rahī hai sahanśhakti . ( sahan[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) āp[pn.pl.kī] teacher kahnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . ( tolerance Shakti ) you[.kī] teacher say[pres.sg.f.prog.23] x .
357Is it difficult or easy? 358It is easy.
439पसन्द है ? pasand hai ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? love be[pres.sg.23] ?
359Achcha.
440वैसे तो सहनशक्ति में ये पास हैं . vaisē tō sahanśhakti mē̃ yē pās|pass haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x then x in this (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
360The word difficult has been removed from your dictionary.
441सहन करना तो इन्हों को बहुत आता है . sahan karnā tō inhō̃ kō bahut ātā hai . sahan[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . tolerance do[inf.m.sg.d.] then this to very come[pres.sg.m.23] .
361Brahmin life is also a dictionary.
442कोई भी परिस्थिति आती है तो सहनशक्ति में पास हो जाते हैं . kōī bhī paristhiti ātī hai tō sahanśhakti mē̃ pās|pass hō jātē haĩ . kōī bhī[x] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . anyone circumstances come[pres.sg.f.23] then x in (x|pass) be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
362The word difficult does not exist in the dictionary of Brahmin life, or does it sometimes fly in?
443फिर भी अण्डरलाइन लगाना . phir bhī underline lagānā . phir bhī[x] underline lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . nevertheless underline attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .
363How many blessings do you receive?
444सहनशक्ति के संस्कार हैं . sahanśhakti K|kē saṅskār haĩ . sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x (K|of) sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 445अभी तक बन्धन में रहने में सहनशक्ति का पार्ट अच्छा बजाया है . abhī tak bandhan mē̃ rahnē mē̃ sahanśhakti kā part achchhā bajāyā hai . ab[adv.hī] tak bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bajānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now until bondage in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] in x of part achcha play[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
364If you made a list of the blessings up to now, how many blessings would you have received? 365You have received a lot.
446अभी अपने को श्रेष्ठ बनाने के बीच में जो भी कोई विघ्न आये उसमें सहनशीलता की शक्ति से नम्बर आगे लेना . abhī apnē kō śhrēṣhṭh banānē K|kē bīch mē̃ jō bhī kōī vighna āyē usmē̃ sahanśhīltā key|kī śhakti sē number āgē lēnā . ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] sahanśhīltā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] number āgē lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now one’s own to elevated create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) centre in that too some obstacle (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that[.mē̃] tolerance (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti from number previously take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
366You receive a blessing every day. 367On the path of bhakti, if a bhagat receives even one blessing, he becomes something completely different.
447यह शक्ति अपनाना आपको मुश्किल नहीं होगा , सहज होगा . yah śhakti apnānā āpkō muśhkil nahī̃ hōgā , sahaj hōgā . yah[pn.sg.d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] apnānā[inf.m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] muśhkil[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . this Shakti adopt[inf.m.sg.d.] you[.kō] difficult not be[fut.m.sg.23] , easy be[fut.m.sg.23] .
368And you are so lucky that God gives you a blessing every day.
448इसीलिये नम्बर ले लेना . isīliyē number lē lēnā . isliē number lēnā[opt.sg.23]|lēnā[root] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore number (take[opt.sg.23]|take[root]) take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
369You are in fact being sustained by blessings.
449कौन सा नम्बर लेंगे ? kaun sā number lē̃gē ? kaun[pn.;d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] number lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? who x number take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
370Do you remember the blessing?
450पहला नम्बर लेंगे या पांचवा ? pahlā number lē̃gē yā pāñchvā ? pahlā number[x] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā pāñchvā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? x take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or x ?
371Or, do you only remember it at the time of hearing it?
451सभी को खुशी होगी पहला नम्बर लेना . sabhī kō khuśhī hōgī pahlā number lēnā . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] pahlā number[x] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . all to happiness be[fut.f.sg.23] x take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
372One is to remember the blessing and the other is to use the blessing.
452आप नम्बरवन लेना तो जैसे अभी तालियाँ बजाई ना ऐसे बहुत बहुत तालियाँ बजेगी , बापदादा भी तालियाँ बजायेंगे . āp number one lēnā tō jaisē abhī tāliyā̃ bajāī nā aisē bahut bahut tāliyā̃ bajēgī , bāpdādā bhī tāliyā̃ bajāyēṅgē . āp[pn.pl.] number one lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajānā[past-part.f.] nā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut bahut tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajnā[fut.f.sg.23] , bāpdādā bhī[p.] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . you number one take[inf.m.sg.d.] then like now clapping play[past-part.f.] ∅ such very very clapping x[fut.f.sg.23] , BapDada too clapping play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
373A blessing is such that no matter what the situation is, the power of the blessing changes the situation from fire into water; it makes the situation so cool.
453अच्छा है , लास्ट को फास्ट जाना ही है . achchhā hai , last kō fast jānā hī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , last kō[postp.] fast jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , last to fast (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) only be[pres.sg.23] .
374You simply have to know the method to use the blessing.
454जो छोटा बच्चा होता है ना वो सबका लाडला होता है , प्यारा होता है . jō chhōṭā bachchā hōtā hai nā vō sabkā lāḍlā hōtā hai , pyārā hōtā hai . jō[pn.;d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā vah[pn.;d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that small child be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that everyone's x be[pres.sg.m.23] , loving be[pres.sg.m.23] .
375And, secondly, one is to know the method and secondly, you should use the blessing at the right time.
455और क्वालिटी भी अच्छी निकली है . aur quality bhī achchhī nikalī hai . aur quality bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nikalnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . and x too achcha be extracted[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . 456एक्जैम्पुल बनने वाले हैं . example bannē vālē haĩ . example bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . example become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
376It should not be that half the time has gone by and then you remember it.
457मैजारिटी खुश रहते हैं , कभी कभी कोई टेन्शन में आते होंगे बाकी मैजारिटी खुश रहते हैं . majority khuśh rahtē haĩ , kabhī kabhī kōī tension mē̃ ātē hōṅgē bākī majority khuśh rahtē haĩ . majority khuśh[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] tension mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bākī|bākī majority khuśh[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . majority happy remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ever ever some tension in come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] (but|others) majority happy remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
377So, do you know how to use your blessings? 378Do you use them or do you just become happy to hear them?
458रशिया में ब्राह्मणों के पास टेन्शन है ? Russia mē̃ brāhmaṇō̃ kē pās tension hai ? Russia mē̃[postp.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē pās[x] tension hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x in Brahmin to tension be[pres.sg.23] ?
379Your diaries have been filled with many blessings.
459कभी टेन्शन में आते हो ? kabhī tension mē̃ ātē hō ? kabhī[adv.] tension mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? ever tension in come[pres.pl.m.2] ?
380A book has even been made, has it not?
460कभी कभी आते हो ? kabhī kabhī ātē hō ? kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? ever ever come[pres.pl.m.2] ? 461अभी नहीं आना . abhī nahī̃ ānā . ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|ānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now not (x|come[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
381So you have kept a book in your cupboard.
462अभी टेन्शनफ्री . abhī tension-free . ab[adv.hī] tension-free[adj.] . now tension-free .
382Use it at the right time.
463गीत भी प्यार से गाते हैं . gīt bhī pyār sē gātē haĩ . gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x too love from sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 464सब चीजों का उमंग है . sab chījō̃ kā umaṅg hai . sab[adj.] chīz[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all thing of zeal be[pres.sg.23] . 465स्वतन्त्र हो गये हैं ना . svatantr hō gayē haĩ nā . svatantr[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nā . free be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ . 466तो उमंग उत्साह में नाचते रहते हैं . tō umaṅg utsāh mē̃ nāchtē rahtē haĩ . tō umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nāchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . then zeal enthusiasm in dance[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
383The more you use them, the more the blessings will increase, and you will experience the unlimited form of the blessings.
467अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
384Achcha.
468अभी जब थोड़ी सी प्रत्यक्षता होगी ना कि एक ही बाप है , वही अल्लाह है , वही ईश्वर है . abhī jab thōṛī see|sī|C pratyakṣhatā hōgī nā ki ēk hī bāp hai , vahī allāh hai , vahī īśhvar hai . ab[adv.hī] jab thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vahī allāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vahī īśhvar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now when short (see|x) revelation be[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ that one only father be[pres.sg.23] , this Allah be[pres.sg.23] , this God be[pres.sg.23] . 469थोड़ा सा प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा लहरायेगा तो कैसे भी देश हो , कैसे भी धर्म हो , चाहे मुस्लिम देश हो फिर भी अल्लाह को तो मानते हैं ना . thōṛā sā pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā laharāyēgā tō kaisē bhī dēśh hō , kaisē bhī dharm hō , chāhē muslim dēśh hō phir bhī allāh kō tō māntē haĩ nā . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.sg.23] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] muslim[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] phir bhī[x] allāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] tō mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . short x revelation of flag hoist[fut.m.sg.23] then how too land (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , how too religion (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) x land (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) nevertheless Allah to then x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ . 470तो वो दिन भी आयेगा जो सब कहेंगे कि एक हैं , एक हैं , यही हैं , यही हैं , इस झण्डे के नीचे सभी आयेंगे . tō vō din bhī āyēgā jō sab kahē̃gē ki ēk haĩ , ēk haĩ , yahī haĩ , yahī haĩ , is jhaṇḍē kē nīchē sabhī āyēṅgē . tō vah[pn.;d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.o.] jhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kē nīchē[x] sab[adv.hī] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then that day too come[fut.m.sg.23] that all say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that one be[pres.pl.12hon3] , one be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this flag under all come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 471अभी थोड़ी सी प्रत्यक्षता होने दो . abhī thōṛī see|sī|C pratyakṣhatā hōnē dō . ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] . now short (see|x) revelation be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] .
385To the souls in all four directions who have a right to the authority of religion; to those who constantly have all rights to the authority of selfsovereignty; to the elevated souls who constantly have the double authority and a doublecrown; to the powerful souls who constantly reveal the practical form of being the embodiment of all powers by using all the powers; to the powerful, unshakeable and immovable mahavir souls who constantly reveal their aim through their qualifications and give this experience to others, BapDada's love, remembrances and namaste.
472अभी कहते हैं ये भी हैं . abhī kahtē haĩ yē bhī haĩ . ab[adv.hī] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . now say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this too be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 473यही हैं , नहीं कहते हैं . yahī haĩ , nahī̃ kahtē haĩ . yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this be[pres.pl.12hon3] , not say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 474ये भी हैं . yē bhī haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this too be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 475अभी भी निकल जाये , ये ही हैं . abhī bhī nikal jāyē , yē hī haĩ . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , yah[pn.pl.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . now too be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , this only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
386BapDada meeting the Dadis:(Dadiji and Dadi Janki both hugged BapDada): All of you met Baba, did you not?
476इसको कहा जाता है प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा लहराना . iskō kahā jātā hai pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā laharānā . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) revelation of flag hoist[inf.m.sg.d.] .
387Are you all content now?
477जब ये झण्डा लहरायेंगे तो सब एक झण्डे के नीचे आयेंगे . jab yē jhaṇḍā laharāyēṅgē tō sab ēk jhaṇḍē kē nīchē āyēṅgē . jab yah[pn.pl.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō sab[adj.] ēk[adj.] jhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kē nīchē[x] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . when this flag hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then all one flag under come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
388You are very clever, you are very sensible.
478सब एक झण्डे के नीचे एक ही शब्द बोलेंगे-ओम् शान्ति . sab ēk jhaṇḍē kē nīchē ēk hī śhabda bōlēṅgē-ōm śhānti . sab[adj.] ēk[adj.] jhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kē nīchē[x] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] x śhānti . all one flag under one only word x peace .
389Are all of you seeing yourselves on the stage or down below?
479 ( बाबा बोलेंगे ) बाबा तो बोलेंगे ही . ( bābā bōlē̃gē ) bābā tō bōlē̃gē hī . ( bābā bōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) bābā tō bōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] . ( Baba speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) Baba then speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] only .
390Where are you?
480अच्छा इनको मेरा बाबा शब्द अच्छा लगता है . achchhā inkō mērā bābā śhabda achchhā lagtā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.kō] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . achcha this[.kō] I[.kā] Baba word enjoy .
391You are on the stage, are you not?
481 ( हॉस्टल की कुमारियों से ) अच्छा है , हॉस्टल की रिजल्ट तब कहेंगे जब जितने हॉस्टल में हैं इतने टीचर्स बनकर निकले . ( hostel key|kī kumāriyō̃ sē ) achchhā hai , hostel key|kī result tab kahē̃gē jab jitnē hostel mē̃ haĩ itnē teachers bankar nikalē . ( hostel key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hostel key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result tab kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] jab jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hostel mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] teacher bannā[abs.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] . ( hostel (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) kumari from ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , hostel (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result for only then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] when the more hostel in be[pres.pl.12hon3] such teacher become[abs.] (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) .
392This entire hall is a stage. 393All of you are close, all of you are with Baba.
482तब कहेंगे हॉस्टल नम्बरवन है . tab kahē̃gē hostel number one hai . tab kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hostel number one hōnā[pres.sg.23] . for only then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hostel number one be[pres.sg.23] .
394Are you separated?
483ऐसे नहीं , दो तो निकली हैं , चार चली गई . aisē nahī̃ , dō tō nikalī haĩ , chār chalī gaī . aisē nahī̃[x] , dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] tō nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , chār[adj.] chalnā[past-part.f..past-part+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.f..passive] . it isn't that , (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) then be extracted[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , four (continue[past-part.f..past-part+jānā]|continue[past-part.f..passive]) . 484जितने हॉस्टल में आये , कुमारी बनकर आये और टीचर बनकर निकले तब कहेंगे हॉस्टल की रिजल्ट सबसे आगे . jitnē hostel mē̃ āyē , kumārī bankar āyē aur teacher bankar nikalē tab kahē̃gē hostel key|kī result sabsē āgē . jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hostel mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kumārī[x] bannā[abs.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur teacher bannā[abs.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] tab kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hostel key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result sabsē āgē . the more hostel in (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , kumari become[abs.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) and teacher become[abs.] (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) for only then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hostel (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result the most previously . 485तो इतनी हिम्मत है कि माया आयेगी तो कहेंगे क्या करें ! tō itnī himmat hai ki māyā āyēgī tō kahē̃gē kyā karē̃ ! tō itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] tō kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ! then such courage be[pres.sg.23] that Maya come[fut.f.sg.23] then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what do[opt.pl.12hon3] ! 486बापदादा तो खुश होते हैं क्योंकि देखो स्थापना का फाउण्डेशन ही ओम् निवास में छोटी छोटी कुमारियों से शुरू हुआ . bāpdādā tō khuśh hōtē haĩ kyōṅki dēkhō sthāpanā kā foundation hī ōm nivās mē̃ chhōṭī chhōṭī kumāriyō̃ sē śhurū huā . bāpdādā tō khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation hī[p.] ōm nivās[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] śhurū hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada then happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] establishment of foundation only Om x in small small kumari from x .
395You are not, are you?
487तो बापदादा को भी पहले स्थापना में क्या पसन्द आया ? tō bāpdādā kō bhī pahlē sthāpanā mē̃ kyā pasand āyā ? tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kyā pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then BapDada to too (x|firstly) establishment in what love come[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
396To come onto the stage means to be with the Father, to be close to the Father.
488छोटे बच्चे ही पसन्द आये ना . chhōṭē bachchē hī pasand āyē nā . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hī[p.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā . small child only love (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ∅ .
397All of you are constantly close.
489आज वो छोटे ही विश्व कल्याणकारी बन गये . āj vō chhōṭē hī viśhva kalyāṇkārī ban gayē . āj vah[pn.;d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . today that small only world beneficial become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
398You cannot be separated.
490तो आप भी ऐसे ही बनना . tō āp bhī aisē hī bannā . tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then you too such only become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
399Can you become separated?
491ये अच्छा है , सेफ तो रहे हुए हैं ना . yē achchhā hai , safe tō rahē huē haĩ nā . yah[pn.pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , safe tō rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā . this achcha be[pres.sg.23] , safe then (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
400If anyone separates you, would you be separated?
492माया के प्रभाव से बचे हुए हैं . māyā K|kē prabhāv sē bachē huē haĩ . māyā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bachnā[opt.sg.23]|bachnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . Maya (K|of) x from (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
401Or, would you separate them?
493अच्छा , पोलेण्ड वाले क्या करेंगे ? achchhā , pōlēṇḍa vālē kyā karē̃gē ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? achcha , x those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
402Would you chase them away?
494पोलेण्ड वालों ने भी हिम्मत अच्छी रखी है . pōlēṇḍa vālō̃ nē bhī himmat achchhī rakhī hai . x vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . x those who ∅ too courage achcha keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
403You should constantly remain with the Father.
495सरकमस्टांश देश के कैसे भी हैं लेकिन हिम्मत रख ब्राह्मण परिवार को आगे बढ़ाने में सफल है और होते रहेंगे . circumstance dēśh K|kē kaisē bhī haĩ lēkin himmat rakh brāhmaṇ parivār kō āgē baṛhānē mē̃ saphal hai aur hōtē rahē̃gē . circumstance dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[root] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] āgē baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . circumstances land (K|of) how too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but courage keep[root] Brahmin family to previously increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] in successful be[pres.sg.23] and be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
404You are with the Father, you will remain with the Father and you will return with the Father.
496पोलेण्ड की टीचर कहाँ है ? pōlēṇḍa key|kī teacher kahā̃ hai ? x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] teacher kahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) teacher where be[pres.sg.23] ?
405(We will go around the cycle together.)
497 ( ट्रांसलेशन कर रही है ) अच्छी है . ( translation kar rahī hai ) achchhī hai . ( translation karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( translation do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
406You always go around the cycle with the father anyway.
498जितनी भी टीचर हैं लेकिन यह फाउण्डेशन है . jitnī bhī teacher haĩ lēkin yah foundation hai . jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] foundation hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the more too teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] but this foundation be[pres.sg.23] .
407You are thinking of going on a tour.
499चाहे जितनी भी हलचल हुई खुद अचल रही तो सेवा भी हुई . chāhē jitnī bhī halchal huī khud achal rahī tō sēvā bhī huī . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] halchal[x] hōnā[past-part.f.] khud achal rahnā[past-part.f.] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[past-part.f.] . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) the more too upheaval be[past-part.f.] oneself unshakeable remain[past-part.f.] then service too be[past-part.f.] .
408The cycle of eightyfour births has now finished.
500सेवा की मुबारक है . sēvā key|kī mubārak hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
409You now have to return home.
501हिम्मत जो भी रखते हैं उनको मदद जरूर मिलती है . himmat jō bhī rakhtē haĩ unkō madad jarūr miltī hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] madad[n.f.;sg.] zarūr milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . courage that too keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] x definitely receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
410Will you go home or will you go straight to your kingdom?
502हिम्मत में हिलना नहीं चहिये . himmat mē̃ hilnā nahī̃ chahiyē . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hilnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē . courage in x[inf.m.sg.d.] not should . 503पता नहीं क्या होगा ! patā nahī̃ kyā hōgā ! patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! knowledge not what be[fut.m.sg.23] !
411Do you wish to return home or do you wish to rule the kingdom?
504पता नहीं-आया , और गया , खत्म ! patā nahī̃-āyā , aur gayā , khatm ! patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] x , aur jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ḵẖatm[adj.] ! knowledge x , and go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , finished !
412You wish to go home, do you not?
505अच्छा होना है , और अच्छे ते अच्छा होना है . achchhā hōnā hai , aur achchhē tē achchhā hōnā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . achcha be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , and achcha from achcha be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
413So, you are constantly with the Father.
506अच्छा अच्छा सोचने से अच्छा हो ही जाता है . achchhā achchhā sōchnē sē achchhā hō hī jātā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . achcha achcha think[inf.m.pl.,o.] from achcha (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[pres.sg.m.23] .
414BapDada does not like being alone.
507क्योंकि आपकी अच्छी वृत्ति वायुमण्डल को परिवर्तन कर देगी . kyōṅki āpkī achchhī vr̥itti vāyumaṇḍal kō parivartan kar dēgī . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+dēnā] . because you[.kī] achcha attitude atmosphere to transformation do[fut.f.sg.23.root+dēnā] .
415All of you sometimes like to be alone.
508अगर क्यों क्या में जायेंगे-ऐसा है , ऐसा है तो कभी परिवर्तन नहीं होगा . agar kyō̃ kyā mē̃ jāyēṅgē-aisā hai , aisā hai tō kabhī parivartan nahī̃ hōgā . agar kyō̃ kyā mē̃[postp.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kabhī[adv.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . if why what in x be[pres.sg.23] , such be[pres.sg.23] then ever transformation not be[fut.m.sg.23] .
416Even then, you do not sit alone, you continue to do service.
509अच्छा अच्छा कहते जाओ तो अच्छे बन जायेंगे . achchhā achchhā kahtē jāō tō achchhē ban jāyēṅgē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . achcha achcha say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] then achcha become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
417(Dadiji will be leaving for Gujarat and Dadi Gulzar will be leaving for Bombay.)
510अपनी मंसा वृत्ति सदा अच्छे की , पॉवरफुल बनाओ तो खराब भी अच्छा हो जायेगा . apnī mansā vr̥itti sadā achchhē key|kī , powerful banāō tō kharāb bhī achchhā hō jāyēgā . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] mansā vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sadā achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , powerful banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kharāb[adj.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . one’s own through the mind attitude constantly achcha (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , powerful create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then bad too achcha be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
418You wish to go around the cycle and so you will of course go on a tour.
511बाप ने आप सब बच्चों में खराब है , खराब है-ये वृत्ति रखी ? bāp nē āp sab bachchō̃ mē̃ kharāb hai , kharāb hai-yē vr̥itti rakhī ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kharāb[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kharāb[adj.] x vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rakhnā[past-part.f.] ? father ∅ you all child in bad be[pres.sg.23] , bad x attitude keep[past-part.f.] ?
419You cannot become rulers of the globe without going on a tour.
512जैसे भी हो , जो भी हो बाप ने अच्छा समझा ना ! jaisē bhī hō , jō bhī hō bāp nē achchhā samjhā nā ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ! like too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) father ∅ achcha (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ∅ !
420All of you also like touring, do you not?
513तो सभी अच्छे बन गये ना ! tō sabhī achchhē ban gayē nā ! tō sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā ! then all achcha become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ ! 514कोई खराब हैं ? kōī kharāb haĩ ? kōī[pn.;d.] kharāb[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? some bad be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
421You become so happy when you receive an invitation.
515सब अच्छे हैं . sab achchhē haĩ . sab[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
422It is good.
516तो अच्छा , अच्छा , अच्छा … कोई बात भी करता है तो कहो अच्छा जी , बहुत अच्छा , तो अच्छा हो जायेगा . tō achchhā , achchhā , achchhā … kōī bāt bhī kartā hai tō kahō achchhā jī , bahut achchhā , tō achchhā hō jāyēgā . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] … kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then achcha , achcha , achcha … some matter too do[pres.sg.m.23] then say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] achcha (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) , very achcha , then achcha be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
423To tour around means to receive extra marks in becoming the embodiment of all experiences.
517नहीं , तुम क्यों बोलते हो , क्या बोलते हो … लड़ाई नहीं करो . nahī̃ , tum kyō̃ bōltē hō , kyā bōltē hō … laṛāī nahī̃ karō . nahī̃[neg] , tum[pn.pl.] kyō̃ bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] , kyā bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] … laṛānā[past-part.f.]|laṛāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . not , you why speak[pres.pl.m.2] , what speak[pres.pl.m.2] … (x[past-part.f.]|war) not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
424The marks continue to accumulate.
518यह बोलने में भी अच्छा नहीं लगा और अच्छा जी , यह कहना अच्छा लगा ना . yah bōlnē mē̃ bhī achchhā nahī̃ lagā aur achchhā jī , yah kahnā achchhā lagā nā . yah[pn.sg.d.] bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nā . this speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too achcha not (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|attach[root]|x) and achcha (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) , this say[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|attach[root]|x) ∅ . 519तो अच्छा जी बोलते रहो , अच्छा बनाते चलो . tō achchhā jī bōltē rahō , achchhā banātē chalō . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then achcha (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , achcha create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 520आपको ही तो अच्छा बनना है ना और कोई आने हैं क्या ? āpkō hī tō achchhā bannā hai nā aur kōī ānē haĩ kyā ? āp[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā aur kōī[x] ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] kyā ? you[.kō] only then achcha become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ someone else come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] what ?
425However, do not think, because you did not receive an invitation to go on a tour, that perhaps you are not so good.
521इसमें सभी पहले मैं , अभिमान वाली मैं नहीं , शुद्ध मैं . ismē̃ sabhī pahlē maĩ , abhimān vālī maĩ nahī̃ , śhuddha maĩ . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] sab[adv.hī] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] , abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , śhuddh[x] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] . this[.mē̃] all (x|firstly) I , arrogance those who I not , pure I . 522अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha ! 523चारों ओर के धर्म सत्ता के अधिकारी आत्मायें , सदा स्वराज्य सत्ता के अधिकारी आत्मायें , सदा डबल सत्ताधारी डबल ताजधारी श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें , सदा सर्व शक्तियों द्वारा शक्ति स्वरूप का प्रत्यक्ष स्वरूप दिखाने वाले शक्तिशाली आत्मायें , सदा लक्ष्य को लक्षण के रूप में दिखाने वाले , अनभव कराने वाले शक्तिशाली महावीर , अचल अडोल आत्माओं को बापदादा का याद प्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr K|kē dharm sattā K|kē adhikārī ātmāyē̃ , sadā svarājya sattā K|kē adhikārī ātmāyē̃ , sadā double sattādhārī double tājdhārī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ , sadā sarv śhaktiyō̃ dvārā śhakti svarūp kā pratyakṣha svarūp dikhānē vālē śhaktiśhālī ātmāyē̃ , sadā lakṣhya kō lakṣhaṇ K|kē rūp mē̃ dikhānē vālē , anabhav karānē vālē śhaktiśhālī mahāvīr , achal aḍōl ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yād pyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dharm sattā[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā svarājya sattā[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā double sattādhārī[adj.] double tājdhārī[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] dvārā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣha svarūp[x] dikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā lakṣhya[adj.] kō[postp.] lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , x karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] , achal aḍōl[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (K|of) authority of religion (K|of) (one) who has a right soul , constantly x (K|of) (one) who has a right soul , constantly double x double crowned elevated soul , constantly all Shakti through Shakti form of x x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who powerful soul , constantly aim to qualification (K|of) Rup in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , x make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who powerful Mahavir , unshakeable unshakeable soul to BapDada of remembrance love and x . 524दादियों से - ( दादी जी एवं दादी जानकी ने बाबा को भाकी पहनी ) सभी को मिल गया ना ! dādiyō̃ sē - ( dādī jī ēvã dādī jānkī nē bābā kō bhākī pahanī ) sabhī kō mil gayā nā ! dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] - ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] ēvã dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] bābā kō[postp.] bhākī pahannā[past-part.f.] ) sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā ! Dadi from - ( Dadi (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) x Dadi x ∅ Baba to embrace ) all to receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ !
426Do not think this.
525सन्तुष्ट हो गये ना ! santuṣhṭ hō gayē nā ! santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā ! content be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ ! 526बहुत सयाने हो , समझदार हो . bahut sayānē hō , samajhdār hō . bahut sayānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , samajhdār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . very sensible (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , sensible (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
427Some lecture through words and some lecture through the mind.
527सभी अपने को स्टेज पर देख रहे हो कि नीचे देख रहे हो ? sabhī apnē kō stage par dēkh rahē hō ki nīchē dēkh rahē hō ? sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ki[conj.] nīchē dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ? all one’s own to stage (at|other) see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] that down see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ?
428Service is not just giving lectures.
528कहाँ हो ? kahā̃ hō ? kahā̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? where (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ? 529स्टेज पर हो ना . stage par hō nā . stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . stage (at|other) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
429This is just one method.
530यह सारा हाल ही स्टेज है . yah sārā hall|hāl hī stage hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] stage hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this the whole (hall|x) only stage be[pres.sg.23] . 531सब समीप हो , साथ हो . sab samīp hō , sāth hō . sab[adj.] samīp[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all close (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , with (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 532स्टेज पर आना माना साथ में आना , पास में आना . stage par ānā mānā sāth mē̃ ānā , pās|pass mē̃ ānā . stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|ānā[inf.m.sg.d.] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|ānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , pās|pass mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|ānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . stage (at|other) (x|come[inf.m.sg.d.]) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) with in (x|come[inf.m.sg.d.]) , (x|pass) in (x|come[inf.m.sg.d.]) . 533आप तो सदा ही पास हो . āp tō sadā hī pās|pass hō . āp[pn.pl.] tō sadā hī[p.] pās|pass hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you then constantly only (x|pass) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
430However, whether you do service through the mind, words, actions or relationships and connections, there are 100 marks in all four; each one has 100 marks.
534अलग हो ही नहीं सकते . alag hō hī nahī̃ saktē . alag[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . separate (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 535कोई अलग करे तो अलग होंगे ? kōī alag karē tō alag hōṅgē ? kōī[pn.;d.] alag[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23] tō alag[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? some separate do[opt.sg.23] then separate be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 536कि उसको अलग कर देंगे ? ki uskō alag kar dēgē ? ki[conj.] vah[pn.sg.kō] alag[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] ? that that[.kō] separate do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] ? 537उसको भगा देंगे ? uskō bhagā dēgē ? vah[pn.sg.kō] bhagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] ? that[.kō] chase away[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] ?
431It is not that those who do service through actions will receive 50 marks and those who give lectures will receive 100 marks.
538लेकिन स्वयं सदा साथ रहेंगे . lēkin svayã sadā sāth rahē̃gē . lēkin svayã sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . but x constantly with remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 539साथ हैं , साथ रहेंगे और साथ चलेंगे . sāth haĩ , sāth rahē̃gē aur sāth chalē̃gē . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . with be[pres.pl.12hon3] , with remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
432Whatever service you do, do it as a server.
540 ( साथ में चक्कर लगायेंगे ) चक्कर तो लगाते ही हैं साथ में . ( sāth mē̃ chakkar lagāyēṅgē ) chakkar tō lagātē hī haĩ sāth mē̃ . ( sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . ( with in cycle attach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) cycle then attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] with in . 541चक्कर लगाने का सोच रही है . chakkar lagānē kā sōch rahī hai . chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . cycle attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] of think[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
433Do selfless service and you will already have received the fruit of that service.
54284 का चक्कर तो पूरा हो गया . 84 kā chakkar tō pūrā hō gayā . 84 kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . 84 of cycle then full be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
434It is like this, is it not?
543अभी तो घर चलना है . abhī tō ghar chalnā hai . ab[adv.hī] tō ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now then home continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 544घर जायेंगे या सीधे ही राज्य में जायेंगे ? ghar jāyēṅgē yā sīdhē hī rājya mē̃ jāyēṅgē ? ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā sīdhē hī[p.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? home go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or x only kingdom in go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
435Or do you think that service is just giving lectures in big conferences?
545घर जाना है कि राज्य करना है ? ghar jānā hai ki rājya karnā hai ? ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] rājya karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? home (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) that x ? 546घर जाना है ना ! ghar jānā hai nā ! ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! home (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) ∅ ! 547तो साथ हैं ही . tō sāth haĩ hī . tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] . then with be[pres.pl.12hon3] only . 548बापदादा को अकेलापन अच्छा नहीं लगता . bāpdādā kō akēlāpan achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . bāpdādā kō[postp.] akēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada to x achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
436Only one or two would go there; if hundreds of thousands where to go there, how would there be a lecture?
549आप लोगों को कभी कभी अकेलापन अच्छा लगता है ! āp lōgō̃ kō kabhī kabhī akēlāpan achchhā lagtā hai ! āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] akēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! you people to ever ever x enjoy ! 550अकेले नहीं बैठते , सेवा करते रहते हैं . akēlē nahī̃ baiṭhtē , sēvā kartē rahtē haĩ . akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] baiṭhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . alone not sit[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
437How could it be possible for there to be three hundred thousand speakers and only one hundred listeners?
551 ( दादी जी गुजरात तथा गुल्जार दादी बाम्बे चक्कर पर जा रही हैं ) चक्कर लगाना है तो चक्कर पर तो जायेंगे . ( dādī jī gujarāt tathā Gulzār dādī bāmbē chakkar par jā rahī haĩ ) chakkar lagānā hai tō chakkar par tō jāyēṅgē . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] gujarāt tathā Gulzār[n.f.;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāmbē chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ) chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] tō jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . ( Dadi (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) Gujarat and Gulzar Dadi Bombay cycle (at|other) go[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ) cycle attach[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then cycle (at|other) then go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
438So, do not ever think that you did not receive a chance for service, and so you are not worthy of doing service.
552बिना चक्कर के चक्रवर्ता राजा नहीं बनेंगे . binā chakkar K|kē cakravartā rājā nahī̃ banē̃gē . binā chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . without cycle (K|of) x king not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
439Do not ever be disheartened, thinking it should always be "I first".
553आप लोगों को भी चक्कर लगाना अच्छा लगता है ना . āp lōgō̃ kō bhī chakkar lagānā achchhā lagtā hai nā . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . you people to too cycle attach[inf.m.sg.d.] enjoy ∅ .
440BapDada has all the records.
554जब कोई निमन्त्रण मिलता है तो कितनी खुशी होती है . jab kōī nimantraṇ miltā hai tō kitnī khuśhī hōtī hai . jab kōī[pn.;d.] nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . when some invitation receive[pres.sg.m.23] then so happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] . 555अच्छा है , चक्कर लगाना अर्थात् अपने अनुभवी मूर्त में और मार्क्स बढ़ाना . achchhā hai , chakkar lagānā arthāt apnē anubhavī mūrt mē̃ aur marks baṛhānā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] aur mark baṛhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , cycle attach[inf.m.sg.d.] that is one’s own experienced image in and mark increase[inf.m.sg.d.] . 556जमा होता जाता है . jamā hōtā jātā hai . jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] . (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] . 557लेकिन ऐसे नहीं सोचना कि हमको चक्कर का निमन्त्रण नहीं मिला तो शायद मैं अच्छी नहीं हूँ . lēkin aisē nahī̃ sōchnā ki hamkō chakkar kā nimantraṇ nahī̃ milā tō śhāyad maĩ achchhī nahī̃ hū̃ . lēkin aisē nahī̃[x] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō śhāyad maĩ[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . but it isn't that think[inf.m.sg.d.] that we[.kō] cycle of invitation not (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) then perhaps I achcha not be[pres.sg.1] .
441Whether you are given a chance or not, if you have taken a chance of doing service through the mind, then the other person may have toured and come back having given a lecture, but you did service through the mind and so you will of course receive the marks for that.
558ये नहीं सोचना . yē nahī̃ sōchnā . yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this not think[inf.m.sg.d.] . 559कोई मुख से भाषण करते , कोई मन से करते . kōī mukh sē bhāṣhaṇ kartē , kōī man sē kartē . kōī[pn.;d.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , kōī[pn.;d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . some mouth from lecture do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , some mind from do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
442Therefore, do not ever worry that your fortune is like that.
560सिर्फ भाषण करना सेवा नहीं है . sirph bhāṣhaṇ karnā sēvā nahī̃ hai . sirph[adj.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . only lecture do[inf.m.sg.d.] service not be[pres.sg.23] .
443No, it is a very huge fortune.
561ये भी एक विधि है . yē bhī ēk vidhi hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too one method be[pres.sg.23] .
444Simply remain content.
562लेकिन चाहे मन्सा करो , चाहे वाचा करो , चाहे कर्मणा करो , सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क से करो , चारों ही के मार्क्स 100 हैं . lēkin chāhē mansā karō , chāhē vāchā karō , chāhē karmaṇā karō , sambandh samparka sē karō , chārō̃ hī K|kē marks 100 haĩ . lēkin chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mansā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāchā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] karmaṇā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chārō̃ hī[p.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mark 100 hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . but (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) through the mind do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , relationship x from do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x only (K|of) mark 100 be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
445Whether it is service through the mind, through words or through actions, you are to receive marks in remaining content.
563100 सभी की मार्क्स है . 100 sabhī key|kī marks hai . 100 sab[adv.hī] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mark hōnā[pres.sg.23] . 100 all (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) mark be[pres.sg.23] . 564कर्मणा वाले को 50 मिलेगा , भाषण वाले को 100 मिलेगा , ऐसा नहीं है . karmaṇā vālē kō 50 milēgā , bhāṣhaṇ vālē kō 100 milēgā , aisā nahī̃ hai . karmaṇā vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] 50 milnā[fut.m.sg.23] , bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] 100 milnā[fut.m.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x those who to 50 receive[fut.m.sg.23] , lecture those who to 100 receive[fut.m.sg.23] , such not be[pres.sg.23] .
446If, when you go to give lectures, there is upheaval and you become discontent, everything is finished and you do not receive even one mark.
565कोई भी सेवा करो लेकिन सेवाधारी बन सेवा करो , निःस्वार्थ सेवा करो तो सेवा का मेवा मिला हुआ ही है . kōī bhī sēvā karō lēkin sēvādhārī ban sēvā karō , niḥsvārth sēvā karō tō sēvā kā mēvā milā huā hī hai . kōī bhī[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , niḥsvārth[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anyone service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but server (x|become[root]) service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , altruistic service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then service of nourishing fruit (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
447But, if whilst sitting at home, you maintain a very good stage, you will receive one hundred marks.
566ऐसे समझते हो ना ? aisē samajhtē hō nā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? such understand[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
448So there is the accurate account.
567या बड़ी बड़ीकांफ्रेंस में भाषण करना ही सेवा है ? yā baṛī baṛīkāmphrē̃s mē̃ bhāṣhaṇ karnā hī sēvā hai ? yā baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x mē̃[postp.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? or very x in lecture do[inf.m.sg.d.] only service be[pres.sg.23] ?
449There will not be any more or less in the accounts.
568वो तो एक दो ही जायेंगे ना , इतने लाखों के लाख चले जायें तो भाषण कैसे होगा . vō tō ēk dō hī jāyēṅgē nā , itnē lākhō̃ K|kē lākh chalē jāyē̃ tō bhāṣhaṇ kaisē hōgā . vah[pn.;d.] tō ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā , itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lākh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lākh[x] chalnā[opt.pl.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[opt.pl.12hon3.passive] tō bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that then one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) only go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ , such 100,000 (K|of) 100,000 (continue[opt.pl.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|continue[opt.pl.12hon3.passive]) then lecture how be[fut.m.sg.23] .
450You will receive full marks. 451Whatever service you do, do it with a true heart.
569सुनाने वाले 3 लाख और सुनने वाले 100 वो कैसे होगा ! sunānē vālē 3 lākh aur sunnē vālē 100 vō kaisē hōgā ! sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] 3 lākh[x] aur sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] 100 vah[pn.;d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who 3 100,000 and listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who 100 that how be[fut.m.sg.23] !
452There should not be the consciousness of "I" or "mine".
570तो ऐसे कभी भी नहीं समझना कि मेरे को सेवा का चांस नहीं मिला तो मैं सेवा के योग्य नहीं हूँ . tō aisē kabhī bhī nahī̃ samajhnā ki mērē kō sēvā kā chance nahī̃ milā tō maĩ sēvā K|kē yōgya nahī̃ hū̃ . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance nahī̃[neg] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yōgya[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . then such ever too not understand[inf.m.sg.d.] that I[.kē] to service of chance not (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) then I service (K|of) worthy not be[pres.sg.1] .
453Let there be the feeling of doing service. 454Not the feeling of the consciousness of "I".
571कभी भी दिलशिकस्त नहीं होना . kabhī bhī dilśhikasta nahī̃ hōnā . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] dilśhikast[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ever too disheartened not be[inf.m.sg.d.] . 572बापदादा के पास सब रिकॉर्ड होते हैं . bāpdādā kē pās sab record hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā kē pās[x] sab[adj.] record hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada to all record be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
455If there is the feeling of serving, you will receive the fruit.
573चांस मिला , नहीं मिला , लेकिन मंसा का चांस ले लिया तो वो चक्कर लगाकर भाषण करके आई , आपने मंसा सेवा किया तो मार्क्स आपको वैसे ही मिलेंगे . chance milā , nahī̃ milā , lēkin mansā kā chance lē liyā tō vō chakkar lagākar bhāṣhaṇ karkē I|āī|eye , āpnē mansā sēvā kiyā tō marks āpkō vaisē hī milē̃gē . chance milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , nahī̃[neg] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , lēkin mansā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] tō vah[pn.;d.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[abs.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye , āp[pn.pl.nē] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō mark āp[pn.pl.kō] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] milnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . chance (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , not (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , but through the mind of chance take[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] then that cycle attach[abs.] lecture do[abs.] (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) , you[.nē] through the mind service do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then mark you[.kō] x only receive[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 574इसीलिये कभी यह फिक्र नहीं करना कि मेरा तो भाग्य ही ऐसा है . isīliyē kabhī yah phikra nahī̃ karnā ki mērā tō bhāgya hī aisā hai . isliē kabhī[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] phikr[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] tō bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore ever this worry not do[inf.m.sg.d.] that I[.kā] then x only such be[pres.sg.23] . 575नहीं , बहुत बड़ा भाग्य है . nahī̃ , bahut baṛā bhāgya hai . nahī̃[neg] , bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . not , very very x be[pres.sg.23] . 576सन्तुष्ट रहना , चाहे कर्मणा हो , चाहे वाचा हो , चाहे मंसा हो , सन्तुष्ट रहना इसमें मार्क्स मिलनी है . santuṣhṭ rahnā , chāhē karmaṇā hō , chāhē vāchā hō , chāhē mansā hō , santuṣhṭ rahnā ismē̃ marks milnī hai . santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] karmaṇā hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāchā hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mansā hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] mark milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . content remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) through the mind (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , content remain[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.mē̃] mark receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
456It does not matter if you are always rolling the chapatis.
577भाषण में गये असन्तुष्ट हो गये , खिटखिट हो गई , खत्म , मार्क्स एक भी नहीं . bhāṣhaṇ mē̃ gayē asantuṣhṭ hō gayē , khiṭkhiṭ hō gaī , khatm , marks ēk bhī nahī̃ . bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] asantuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , khiṭ-khiṭ hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] , ḵẖatm[adj.] , mark ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . lecture in go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] discontent be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , complication be[past-part.f..root+jānā] , finished , mark one too not .
457Even then, you will receive one hundred marks, because you are serving with a true heart.
578आप घर बैठे बहुत अच्छी स्थिति में रहे तो आपको 100 मार्क्स मिलेगी . āp ghar baiṭhē bahut achchhī sthiti mē̃ rahē tō āpkō 100 marks milēgī . āp[pn.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] 100 mark milnā[fut.f.sg.23] . you home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) very achcha stage in (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) then you[.kō] 100 mark receive[fut.f.sg.23] .
458Whatever power you fill the chapatis with, that will be useful for those who give lectures.
579तो हिसाब पूरा है . tō hisāb pūrā hai . tō hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then account full be[pres.sg.23] .
459Do you understand?
580हिसाब में ऊपर नीचे नहीं होगा , आपको फुल मार्क्स मिलेंगी . hisāb mē̃ ūpar nīchē nahī̃ hōgā , āpkō full marks milē̃gī . hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ūpar nīchē nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.kō] full marks[x] milnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . account in over down not be[fut.m.sg.23] , you[.kō] full marks receive[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
460Therefore, do not be disheartened.
581कोई भी सेवा करो लेकिन सच्चे दिल से . kōī bhī sēvā karō lēkin sachchē dil sē . kōī bhī[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] . anyone service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but true heart from .
461"My name is never glorified in any of the conferences.
582मैं और मेरापन नहीं . maĩ aur mērāpan nahī̃ . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] aur mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . I and x not .
462No one ever mentions my name.
583सेवा भाव . sēvā bhāv . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] . service consciousness .
463Perhaps I am last..."
584मै पन का भाव नहीं . mai pan kā bhāv nahī̃ . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . I x of consciousness not .
464No, simply remain content.
585अगर सेवाभाव है तो आपको फल पहले मिलेगा . agar sēvābhāv hai tō āpkō phal pahlē milēgā . agar sēvābhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . if consciousness of serving be[pres.sg.23] then you[.kō] fruit (x|firstly) receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
465Contentment is the method of success.
586चाहे सदा रोटी पकाते हो , कोई हर्जा नहीं . chāhē sadā rōṭī pakātē hō , kōī harjā nahī̃ . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sadā rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pakānā[pres.pl.m.2] , kōī[pn.;d.] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) constantly roti x[pres.pl.m.2] , some x not .
466Wherever you maybe living, remain content.
587तो भी 100 मार्क्स मिलेगी . tō bhī 100 marks milēgī . tō bhī[x] 100 mark milnā[fut.f.sg.23] . ∅ 100 mark receive[fut.f.sg.23] .
467Is this all right?
588सच्ची दिल से करते हैं ना , तो रोटी बनाते हुए आप जो बल भरते हैं वही भाषण वालों को काम में आता है . sachchī dil sē kartē haĩ nā , tō rōṭī banātē huē āp jō bal bhartē haĩ vahī bhāṣhaṇ vālō̃ kō kām mē̃ ātā hai . sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , tō rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] āp[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vahī bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . true heart from do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , then roti create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] you that strength fill[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this lecture those who to (task|lust) in come[pres.sg.m.23] . 589समझा ! samjhā ! samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) !
468Or, do you sometimes think: "This one is going to become a maharathi. 469We cannot come into the list of the maharathis."
590इसीलिये दिलशिकस्त नहीं होना , मेरा नाम कभी भी कोई कांफ्रेंसमें नहीं आया , मेरा नाम ही कोई नहीं लेता , शायद मैं पीछे हूँ … . isīliyē dilśhikasta nahī̃ hōnā , mērā nām kabhī bhī kōī kāmphrē̃samē̃ nahī̃ āyā , mērā nām hī kōī nahī̃ lētā , śhāyad maĩ pīchhē hū̃ … . isliē dilśhikast[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] x nahī̃[neg] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , śhāyad maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pīchhē hōnā[pres.sg.1] … . therefore disheartened not be[inf.m.sg.d.] , I[.kā] name ever too some x not come[past-part.m.sg.d.] , I[.kā] name only some not take[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , perhaps I x be[pres.sg.1] … .
470No, you are the number one maharathis. 471In Baba's list, you are maharathis. 472Do you understand? 473So do not sometimes spoil your face.
591नहीं , सन्तुष्ट रहो , सन्तुष्टता ही सफलता का साधन है . nahī̃ , santuṣhṭ rahō , santuṣhṭatā hī saphaltā kā sādhan hai . nahī̃[neg] , santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . not , content remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , contentment only success of facilities be[pres.sg.23] .
474BapDada sees many faces; sometimes they are like this, sometimes like that.
592कहाँ भी रहो , सन्तुष्ट रहो . kahā̃ bhī rahō , santuṣhṭ rahō . kahā̃ bhī[p.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . where too remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , content remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
475No, constantly remain smiling.
593ठीक है ना कि कभी कभी सोचते हो कि महारथी तो यही बनेंगे . ṭhīk hai nā ki kabhī kabhī sōchtē hō ki mahārathī tō yahī banē̃gē . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō yahī[pn.;d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that ever ever think[pres.pl.m.2] that maharathi then this become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
476Achcha, are all of you all right? 477Even so, you are still instruments.
594हम तो महारथी के लिस्ट में आ नहीं सकते . ham tō mahārathī K|kē list mē̃ ā nahī̃ saktē . ham[pn.pl.] tō mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] list mē̃[postp.] ānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . we then maharathi (K|of) list in come[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
478Because you become instruments, you constantly remain happy.
595नहीं , पहले महारथी नम्बरवन आप हो . nahī̃ , pahlē mahārathī number one āp hō . nahī̃[neg] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] number one āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . not , (x|firstly) maharathi number one you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 596बाप की लिस्ट में महारथी आप हो . bāp key|kī list mē̃ mahārathī āp hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] list mē̃[postp.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) list in maharathi you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 597समझा ! samjhā ! samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ! 598तो कभी ऐसा ऐसा फेस नहीं करना . tō kabhī aisā aisā face nahī̃ karnā . tō kabhī[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] face nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then ever such such face not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
479You never wilt. 480(Munniben placed a plate decorated with fruit in front of BapDada.)Your image will be worshipped accurately with the right method.
599बापदादा बहुत फेस देखते हैं , कभी ऐसा , कभी ऐसा ! bāpdādā bahut face dēkhtē haĩ , kabhī aisā , kabhī aisā ! bāpdādā bahut face dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kabhī[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kabhī[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! BapDada very face see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ever such , ever such !
481It is good to do everything according to the system.
600नहीं , सदा मुस्कराते रहो . nahī̃ , sadā muskarātē rahō . nahī̃[neg] , sadā muskarānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . not , constantly smile[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
482This too is a speciality.
601अच्छा , सभी ठीक है ? achchhā , sabhī ṭhīk hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? achcha , all OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
483One should also knowhow to do this.
602 ( मुन्नी बहन ने बापदादा के सामने फल की थाली सजाकर रखी ) आपकी मूर्ति की भी विधिपूर्वक पूजा होगी . ( Munnī bahan nē bāpdādā K|kē sāmnē phal key|kī thālī sajākar rakhī ) āpkī mūrti key|kī bhī vidhipūrvak pūjā hōgī . ( x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] bāpdādā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] thālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sajānā[abs.] rakhnā[past-part.f.] ) āp[pn.pl.kī] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] vidhipūrvak pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . ( x x ∅ BapDada (K|of) x fruit (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) plateful decorate[abs.] keep[past-part.f.] ) you[.kī] image (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too with discipline (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[fut.f.sg.23] .
484It should not be that you offer bhog as is convenient to you; sometimes halfcooked, halfraw and you offer that!
603अच्छा है विधि पूर्वक बनाना , रखना-यह भी एक विशेषता है . achchhā hai vidhi pūrvak banānā , rakhanā-yah bhī ēk viśhēṣhtā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrvak banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , x bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] method according to create[inf.m.sg.d.] , x too one speciality be[pres.sg.23] .
485Or sometimes, you become lazy about preparing it and so you simply offer some fruit.
604यह भी आना चाहिये . yah bhī ānā chāhiyē . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[.oblig3] . this too come[.oblig3] .
486(Whilst looking at the double foreigners.)
605ऐसे नहीं , जैसा आया वैसे भोग लगा दिया . aisē nahī̃ , jaisā āyā vaisē bhōg lagā diyā . aisē nahī̃[x] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhōg lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . it isn't that , like come[past-part.m.sg.d.] x x .
487All of you get tired because you do double work.
606आधा कच्चा , आधा पक्का लगा दिया कभी बनाने की सुस्ती हुई तो एक फल ही रख दिया . ādhā kachchā , ādhā pakkā lagā diyā kabhī banānē key|kī sustī huī tō ēk phal hī rakh diyā . ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] kabhī[adv.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sustī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] tō ēk[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . half weak , half firm (x[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|attach[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) ever create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) laziness be[past-part.f.] then one fruit only keep[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] .
488You do your lokik jobs and also look after the centres and also make your own effort, and so you become tired.
607 ( डबल विदेशियों को देखते हुए ) यह थक जाते हैं ना , डबल काम करते हैं , लौकिक काम भी करते हैं , सेन्टर भी सम्भालते हैं , अपना पुरूषार्थ भी करते हैं इसलिये थक जाते हैं . ( double vidēśhiyō̃ kō dēkhtē huē ) yah thak jātē haĩ nā , double kām kartē haĩ , laukik kām bhī kartē haĩ , centre bhī sambhāltē haĩ , apnā purūṣhārth bhī kartē haĩ isliyē thak jātē haĩ . ( double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] thaknā, phathaknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nā , double kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , laukik[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , centre bhī[p.] sambhālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] puruṣhārth bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] isliē thaknā, phathaknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . ( double foreigner to see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) this become desperate[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ , double (task|lust) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , worldly (task|lust) too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , centre too be careful[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (one’s own|adopt[root]) effort too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] therefore become desperate[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
489Do not just continue in this way. 490Just prepare one thing with love. 491Do not prepare three things, but even prepare one thing with love. 492It should not be that you have bread already prepared, and so you offer that for bhog.
608ऐसे चलाना नहीं . aisē chalānā nahī̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . such x[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
493Do not just make do with anything.
609एकचीज़ ही प्यार से बनाओ . ēkacīz hī pyār sē banāō . x hī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x only love from create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 610तीन नहीं बनाओ लेकिन एक भी प्यार से बनाओ . tīn nahī̃ banāō lēkin ēk bhī pyār sē banāō . tīn[adj.] nahī̃[neg] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x not create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but one too love from create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
494The more you do everything according to the method, the more success you attain.
611ऐसे नहीं कि ब्रेड तो बना हुआ है ब्रेड का ही भोग लगा दो-चलाना नहीं . aisē nahī̃ ki brēḍ tō banā huā hai brēḍ kā hī bhōg lagā dō-calānā nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] x tō bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] bhōg lagānā[root] x nahī̃[neg] . it isn't that that x then (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] x of only x x not .
495If you do everything according to the method, you also attain success.
612जितनी विधि उतनी सिद्धि . jitnī vidhi utnī siddhi . jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] siddhi[x] . the more method x success . 613अगर विधिपूर्वक करते हैं तो सिद्धि भी मिलती है . agar vidhipūrvak kartē haĩ tō siddhi bhī miltī hai . agar vidhipūrvak karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō siddhi[x] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . if with discipline do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then success too receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
496To be a Brahmin means to be accurate in every task and to perform it with great cleanliness and purity.
614ब्राह्मण का अर्थ ही है-हर कार्य में एक्युरेट , शुद्धिपूर्वक . brāhmaṇ kā arth|earth hī hai-har kārya mē̃ accurate , śuddhipūrvak . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] x kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] accurate , x . Brahmin of (meaning|earth) only x task in accurate , x .
497There should be cleanliness and purity as well as the right method.
615शुद्धि भी हो , विधि भी हो-दोनों चाहिये . śhuddhi bhī hō , vidhi bhī hō-dōnō̃ chāhiyē . śhuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] x chāhiē . cleanliness too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , method too x should .
498There should be both.
616अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
499Achcha.
617ओम् शान्ति . ōm śhānti . ōm śhānti[x] . Om Shanti .
500* * * O MS H A N T I * * *